Home

PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS™ 4.0 USER`S GUIDE

1. cd usr sre rm linux bunzip2 c root Kernels linux 2 2 13 tar bz2 tar xvi Note bunzip2 is not installed by default with Red Hat 6 1 version Step 3 Step 4 Reset the soft links and type at the prompt mv linux linux 2 2 13 in s linux 2 2 13 linux cd linux include in s asm lt platform gt asm Obtain the driver source or patches FOR the driver source 1 Obtain the latest version of the driver that is stored in full source format lt driver version gt all_kernels tar gz either from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM at all on one line CD ROM Mount Point drivers unixes linux c8xx driver or by anonymous ftp from ftp ftp lsil com HostAdapterDrivers linux 2 When using ftp download the tarball for the driver version of interest by typing these instructions Installing Your Linux Driver 11 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved ftp gt cd 8xx driver ftp gt binary ftp gt get lt driver version gt all_kernels tar gz ftp gt quit 3 Extract the patch files from the tarball all on one line tar xzvf lt driver version gt all_kernels tar gz 4 Read the Install txt file for further instructions FOR the driver patches Note Patches are available for kernel versions 2 2 5 2 2 12 Red Hat 6 1 kernel 2 2 12 20 2 2 13 2 2 14 Red Hat 6 2 kern
2. Read Write O Timeout seconds Configuration Value gt 0 Sets the amount of time the host adapter waits for a read write or seek command to complete before trying the I O transfer again Since this provides a safeguard that allows the system to recover if an I O operation fails LSI Logic recommends that you always set the time out to a value greater than zero Scan for Device at Boot Time Configuration Yes No Set this option to No when you do not want a specific device available to the system Also on a bus with only a few devices attached you can speed up boot time by changing this setting to No for all unused SCSI IDs Scan for SCSI Logical Units LUNs Configuration Yes No Set this option to No if you have problems with a device that responds to all LUNs whether they are occupied or not For example if there is a SCSI device with multiple LUNs but you do not want all of those LUNs to be available to the system then set this option to No This will limit the scan to LUN 0 only Queue Tags Configuration Enable Disable Using the NT Configuration Utility Enables or disables the issuing of queue tags during I O requests when your device driver can do this Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 27 4 6 2 5 Domain Validation Menu When you select the Domain Validation option the Domain Validation Current Negotiated Settings menu app
3. Status This box reflects the outcome of the test executed If the test failed a status code appears along with the Failed status To understand the code s meaning click on the Defs Code button on the menu bar 4 6 3 Exiting the NT Configuration Utility Since changes only take effect after your system reboots it is important that you exit from this configuration utility properly Return to the Main menu and exit either by clicking the Accept button or following the menu path File gt Save and then clicking on the Exit choice Important If you reboot the system without properly exiting from this utility these changes may not take effect Using the NT Configuration Utility 4 31 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 7 Using the Domain Validation Utility The Domain Validation Utility is a companion product to the NT Configuration Utility Its purpose is to monitor I O activity on Domain Validation enabled host adapters and alert you when the number of errors during a polling cycle may warrant the re execution of Domain Validation tests Once installed it runs in the background and polls the SyM_U3 SyYS miniport driver for error information on a preset time schedule 4 7 1 Installing the Domain Validation Service Module 4 32 To install the Domain Validation Service Module on the x86 platforms log on with Administrator privileges As Administrator follow these steps Step
4. Retry count for format write operations Single sector I O Verbose The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM provides the FDIMAGE EXE utility in this directory DOS CD ROM LETTER DRIVERS UNIXES FDIMAGE EXE To copy the raw dd image follow these steps Step 1 Locate the UNIXWARE DD image on the SDMS CD ROM at DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES UNIXWARE UW7 Step 2 Insert a formatted 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte diskette into your A floppy drive Step 3 At the command prompt type UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved fdimage qv unixware dd A Note This command works when running MS DOS Windows 9x Windows Me Windows NT or Windows 2000 If you are running antivirus software LSI Logic recommends that you temporarily disable it when running the fdimage program Otherwise the fdimage program may not be able to get exclusive access to your floppy drive which it requires to write the image to a diskette Step 4 Label this diskette PC SCSI SCO UnixWare Driver Diskette for use during the installation process Use this diskette for UnixWare installations to load the driver during the installation of the operating system or access the devices on the SCSI bus after a UnixWare installation You may also download the current SCO UnixWare driver from t
5. e Chapter 6 DOS Device Driver Installation describes the ASPI8XX SYS SYMDISK SYS and SYMCD SYS drivers It also provides information about various DOS utilities e Chapter 7 OS 2 Device Driver Installation describes the SYM8XX ADD and SYMHI ADD drivers along with installation instructions for new or existing OS 2 systems e Chapter 8 SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation describes the Boot Time Loadable Driver BTLD along with installation instructions for new or existing SCO UNIX systems e Chapter 9 UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation describes the C8XX driver along with the installation instructions for new or existing UnixWare systems e Chapter 10 Solaris Device Driver Installation describes the SYMHISL driver along with installation instructions for new or existing Solaris systems e Chapter 11 Linux Device Driver Installation describes Linux drivers to use with LSI Logic controllers along with installation instructions and patch information e Chapter 12 NetWare Device Driver Installation describes NWPA LSI8XXNW HAM LSIHINW HAM and LSI_U3NW HAM drivers along with installation instructions for new or existing NetWare systems e Appendix A Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations describes various terminology that is referenced throughout this user s guide Preface Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Related Publications LSI8750SP PCI to Ultra SCSI Host Adapter
6. 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 e LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP e LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LS18251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD e LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 e LS153C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LSI8751D e LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 e LSI53C885 e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U The SYM_HI SyYS driver is named Symbios PCI High Performance Driver for driver installation It supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C895A LSI8953U e LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 The SYM_U3 SYS driver is named Symbios Ultra3 PCI SCSI Driver for driver installation It supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C1010 LSI21040 LSI22915A LSI22903 LSI21003 ITIG200U3LP 4 1 3 Description The SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HIT SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers meet the Microsoft specification for miniport drivers These drivers allow connection of SCSI devices including disk drives CD ROMs and tape drives for PCl based machines To support a new SCSI device the Windows NT architecture requires that a class driver for that type device be present usually supplied by Microsoft or possibly by the peripheral manufacturer No changes to SYM
7. 2 10 Configuration None Boot Drive Only With Media Installed Specifies the removable media support option for an adapter Removable media support only applies to devices that report themselves as a hard drive It does not apply to CD ROM devices or Magnetic Optical devices None indicates no removable media support whether the drive is selected as first BBS or is first in the scan order non BBS Boot Drive Only provides removable media support for a removable hard drive if it is first in the scan order With Media Installed provides removable media support regardless of the drive number assignment You must have media in the drive at bootup SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 2 3 Adapter Properties Menu Fields and Descriptions Cont CHS Mapping Field Type Value Configuration SCSI Plug and Play Mapping Alternate CHS Mapping Descriptions Defines how the Cylinder Head Sector CHS values are mapped onto a disk without pre existing partition information SCSI Plug and Play Mapping automatically determines the most efficient and compatible mapping Alternate CHS Mapping utilizes an alternate possibly less efficient mapping that may be required if a device is moved between adapters from different vendors Caution Neither of these options has any effect after a disk has been partitioned using the FDISK command The
8. 4 7 2 Stopping the DV Service Module To stop the DV service module on the x86 platforms follow these steps Step 1 Access the Services applet under the Control Panel Step 2 Locate the DV Service Module and click on the Stop button 4 8 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows NT 4 0 4 8 1 Features SDMS NT ASPI is a software support package based on the ASPI for Win32 version 2 3 specification The ASPI software provides a mechanism used by Windows applications as an interface to access SCSI adapters and peripherals Refer to the ASPI for Win32 version 2 3 specification for additional details The ASPI for WIndows NT 4 0 supports these features e Provides information about SCSI adapters e Provides information about SCSI devices e Use to issue SCSI I O requests e Multithreaded and multitasking operations e 32 bit Windows applications 4 8 2 Description SDMS NT ASPI conforms to the Advanced SCSI Programming Interface ASPI version 2 3 specification Windows applications can use this interface to gain access to system SCSI devices Additionally Windows applications can retrieve information about installed SCSI adapters and the SCSI peripherals attached to the adapters Applications using the ASPI interface can also issue SCSI I O requests to the devices Note that Using SDMS ASPI for Windows NT 4 0 4 33 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved NT ASPI is one method to use for gaining
9. SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_sync failed for I O data at lt XXXXXXXX gt Data corruption may occur SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_sync failed for Adapter data Data corruption may occur Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved A call to the operating systems s ddi_dma_sync function failed As a result the system data caches may not be properly synchronized with system main memory This may result in data corruption or failure of the symhis1 driver to function properly SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_numwin failed SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_getwin failed SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_alloc_handle lt xx gt h unknown impossible Gl SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_buf_bind_handle DDI_DMA_INUS impossible SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_buf_bind_handle lt xx gt h unknown impossible SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_unbind_handle failed The operating system failed to respond to the named routine in a known manner This is a fatal error that is not recoverable Report this error to technical support SYMHISL lt n gt Device in a slave only slot and is unusable SYMHISL lt n gt Hi level interrupts not supported The adapter is in a slot that cannot be used with this driver Try moving the adapter to a different PCI slot SYMHISL lt n gt Failed to attach This adapter will not be installed Because of the previous error this adapter co
10. 12 3 3 Upgrading to Symmetric Multiprocessing SMP 12 8 To upgrade to SMP after NetWare version 4 XX has been installed follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Type at the server prompt load install A menu appears Select Multiprocessor Another menu appears Select the default MPS14 Follow the remaining prompts and then exit from the Install Menu Shut down the server and reboot the system Note Other third party CDMs may also support these devices NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 12 3 4 Reconfiguring Driver Options To reconfigure driver options follow these steps Step 1 Unload all instances of the driver by typing unload LSI8XXNW HAM or unload LSIHINW HAM or unload LSI_U3NW HAM Step 2 Reload each instance of the driver with the desired option settings by typing load LSI8XXNW HAM slot lt slot number gt lt options gt load LSIHINW HAM slot lt slot number gt lt options gt load LSI_U3NW HAM slot lt slot number gt lt options gt Step 3 Specify these options in the STARTUP NCF file if the changes you made to the load options are permanent and the driver is loaded automatically at bootup 12 4 Using the Command Line Options The LSI8XXNW HAM LSIHINW HAM and LSI_U3NW HAM drivers allows the use of command line options for tuning purposes A list of these options is
11. 6 1 1 1 ASPI8XX SYS 6 1 1 2 SYMDISK SYS This device driver is for non INT13h SCSI disk drives and removable media devices and it works through the ASPI manager See Section 6 4 About the SYMDISK SYS Driver page 6 12 for more detailed information 6 1 1 3 SYMCD SYS This device driver is for CD ROM drives and it works through the ASPI manager See Section 6 5 About the SYMCD SYS Driver page 6 18 for more detailed information You may also download the current DOS drivers from the LSI Logic web site at http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar 6 2 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Click on the Drivers selection Choose the DOS operating system for SCSI from the list Click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 6 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS DOS drivers The ASPI8XX SYS SYMDISK SYS and SYMCD SyYS drivers support the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 e LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP e LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S L
12. LSI Logic supports the BIOS Boot Specification BBS The next section Boot Initialization with BBS discusses selecting boot and drive order PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 2 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 1 1 Features The SDMS SCSI BIOS supports these features e Configuration for up to 256 adapters any 4 can be chosen for INT13h boot ROM support e All LSI53C8XX devices including LSI53C895A e LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 devices e SPI 3 Parallel Protocol Request PPR e Domain Validation 2 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix The SDMS SCSI BIOS supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LSI20810 e LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP e LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LS18251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD e LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 e LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LSI8751D e LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 e LSI53C885 e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U e LSI53C895A LSI8953U e LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C1010 ITIG200U3LP LSI122915A LS121040 LS122903 LS121003 2 2 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Uti
13. Syntax SYNCH_OFFSET nx lt hba id gt n lt hba id gt where n 0 is the maximum synchronous offset for the adapter To change the synchronous offset to 6 for ID 3 on host adapter 0 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SYM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD SYNCH_OFFSET 6 lt 0 3 gt or BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD SO 6 lt 0 3 gt TIMEOUT Sets a timeout value to detect certain errors When the driver issues a command or to a SCSI device a timer is started If the timer expires before the command IT completes the driver assumes that something has gone wrong with the device and takes steps to recover The default value for this is 10 seconds If you set the value to be less than the system has allocated for a particular device your value is ignored To turn off the timeout mechanism for a particular device set the value to O zero Syntax TIMEOUT n lt hba id gt n lt hba id gt where n timeout value in seconds for device n 0 65535 0 infinite To extend the timeout to 60 seconds on a particularly slow device at ID 3 on host adapter 0 the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD TIMEOUT 60 lt 0 3 gt or EV SYM8XX ADD T 60 lt 0 3 gt 7 14 OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved
14. Table 7 1 OS 2 Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description DISCONNECT or DC Allows or does not allow a device to disconnect during an I O transfer SCSI devices have the ability to disconnect from the bus during an I O transfer If a particular adapter has parity checking disabled then you must use this option to disable disconnects for all devices on that adapter that do not generate parity Refer to the PARITY option for more information Syntax DISCONNECT n lt hba id gt n lt hba id gt where n ON is the default value for all devices which allows disconnects and OFF does not allow disconnects To disable disconnects on the device at ID 2 on host adapter 0 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SYM8XX ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD DISCONNECT 0OFF lt 0 2 gt or BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD DC 0FF lt 0 2 gt PARITY or P Allows enabling or disabling SCSI bus data integrity checking known as parity Use this option to disable parity checking The LSI Logic chips are capable of enabling or disabling parity Some non SCSI compliant devices sold as SCSI devices do not generate parity The LSI Logic chips always generate parity for outputs but may optionally check the parity for inputs Note When disabling parity checking you must disable disconnects for any device that does not generate parity as the LSI Logic chips cannot disable parity
15. n lt path id gt To turn off synchronous transfers to the device attached to the first host adapter boot order designation 0 at SCSI ID 3 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads ASPI8XX SYS should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS SYNCH_OFFSET 0 lt 0 3 gt 6 8 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 1 ASPI8XX Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description PARITY or P Tells the host adapter to disable the SCSI bus data integrity checking feature known as parity Some SCSI devices do not generate parity Valid options are ON check parity which is the default value or OFF do not check parity Syntax PARITY n lt path path gt n lt path path gt To turn off parity checking on the first host adapter boot order designation 0 the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPI8xx Sys should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS PARITY OFF lt 0 gt Warning When disabling parity checking you must also disable disconnects for that adapter since you cannot disable parity checking for reselection If a device does not generate parity and it disconnects the I O will never complete EXCLUDE or IX Excludes support for an adapter that does not currently have BIOS support Do not exclude an adapter that is supported included by the BIOS when booting the system T
16. A dialog box appears If the driver diskette is in the A drive press Enter to continue If the driver diskette is in the B drive press F3 to specify the path to search for the driver enter the drive letter B and press Enter The LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM or LSI_U3NW HAM driver appears as a selection The system prompts you with the limited available command line options for loading the driver A description of each option appears in the box at the bottom of the installation screen Refer to Section 12 4 Using the Command Line Options page 12 9 for more information Modify any option values as needed for this installation Follow the prompts to complete this installation The HAM driver s are loaded for each LSI Logic controller SCSI channel automatically in NetWare 5 XX 12 3 2 New NetWare 4 XX Installations This section provides the instructions for new NetWare 4 XX installations Read the steps before beginning the installation to familiarize yourself with this procedure Step 1 Begin the file server installation according to the instructions in the Novell NetWare Installation Manual The NetWare installation procedure prompts you for a Disk Driver Step 2 Insert the SDMS NWPA drivers diskette into drive A or B Step 3 Press the INS key twice to select an unlisted driver A dialog box appears If the driver diskette is in the A drive press Enter to continue If the driver diskette is in the B drive
17. All rights reserved 6 5 3 Installing the SYMCD SYS Driver To install Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 About the the SYMCD SyYS driver follow these steps Copy the symcD sys driver to the boot disk The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the SYMCD SyYS driver in this directory CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS DOS Add symcD sys to the CONFIG SYS file It goes in after ASPI8XX SYS and SYMDISK SYS if this driver is also being used in this order DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS DEVICE C PATH SYMCD SYS D NAME The D is not a drive letter designation it indicates the name to be assigned to the CD ROM You must include the NAME which can use any combination of up to eight characters This is the same NAME to be used in conjunction with MSCDEX EXE see next page Add the MS DOS LASTDRIVE command to the CONFIG SYS file to ensure that sufficient drive letters are available to identify all devices connected to the SCSI bus LASTDRIVE lt drive letter gt where lt drive letter gt specifies a drive letter in the range C through Z The letter assigned to LASTDRIVE represents the last valid drive MS DOS is able to recognize and also represents the maximum number of drives available For example LASTDRIVE K allows access to eleven 11 logical drives For further details
18. Click No when prompted to reboot the system for the new settings to take effect Step 3 Change drivers for all LSI Logic host adapters in the system supported by that same driver to the new driver and reply No to rebooting until the final adapter is changed If booting from a SCSI device ensure that the adapter controlling this device is the last one changed Using the Command Line Options 3 19 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 5 5 2 Method 2 Follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Determine which driver file is active for all adapters through the Properties tab in Device Manager Go to the WINDOWS SYSTEM IOSUBSYS directory and rename the driver file to an extension other than MPD Reboot the system While booting the system may ask to load the bundled driver file from the Windows 95 98 installation disk Click OK Click Skip File when the system says it cannot find the file Repeat this step for all adapter messages while booting Use the Device Manager to change the driver for each adapter to the desired driver after the system is booted Do not reply Yes to reboot the system until the final adapter has been changed 3 6 Using SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 SDMS SCSI Tools software for Windows 95 98 is a support utility that provides a mechanism for examining host adapters and SCSI devices within the Windows 95 98 environme
19. INT file so that it can be modified and saved Step 4 Edit BOOT INI on the FT diskette and modify the following line where you want to boot the mirrored partition MULTI 0 DISK 0 RDISK X PARTITION Y lt WINNT_DIRECTORY gt where Performance Tuning for Windows NT 4 0 4 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved multi 0 and disk 0 should always remain the same and X the drive number of the mirrored partition in the INT13h chain minus 80h The drive number of the mirrored partition can be found during system bootup of the SDMS 4 XX SCSI BIOS when the primary partition does not exist It should say either BOOT 80h 81h 82h and higher Therefore the value of X would be 0 when BOOT 1 when 81h 2 when 82h etc y the partition number on the drive starts at 1 which equals single partition on the drive The next example provides a scenario to better illustrate the above information Example Two LSI Logic 8XX host adapters are in the system The first host adapter 0 which is the boot path has two SCSI hard drives on ID 0 and ID 5 The second host adapter 1 has two SCSI hard drives on ID 2 and ID 4 Assuming that the SCSI bus scan starts from ID 0 and goes up the drive number of INT13h will look like this Host Adapter 0 ID 0 BOOT which is 80h Host Adapter 0 ID 5 81h Host Adapter 1 ID 2 82h Host Adapter 1 ID 4 83h Now Windows NT is installed on
20. It provides a friendly GUI and help is available for any decision screen by pressing F1 or selecting Help in the window Important The ASPIFMT utility requires at least a VGA compatible monitor to display this utility Additional DOS Utilities 6 23 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved To run this utility three files are required e ASPIFMT EXE e ASPIINF DAT and e ASPI8XxX SYS you may use another ASPI manager LSI Logic recommends that you place these files on a DOS bootable diskette and run the executable file from this diskette rather than from a hard disk drive This minimizes the possibility of interfering with the system 6 6 1 3 Running the SDMS SCSI Low Level Format Utility To run the SDMS Format Utility follow these steps Step 1 Create a DOS bootable diskette Step 2 Add these DOS files to the diskette Step 3 FDISK EXE FORMAT COM Since the hard drive remains unusable after a low level format until you execute the DOS FDISK and FORMAT command procedures the CONFIG sYs file on this bootable diskette must also contain these DOS files Step 4 Add the ASPI files from the SDMS Software Device Driver and Utilities CD ROM and found in this directory CD ROM_DRIVE LETTER UTILITY DOS ASPIFMT EXE ASPIINF DAT Step 5 Run INSTALL EXE to perform a default or custom installation of the SCSI DOS device
21. LSI21003 ITIG200U3LP 5 2 Using the SDMS Windows 2000 Drivers The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers at this location CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WIN2K You must prepare an SDMS Driver Diskette before proceeding with the installation instructions 5 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette 5 4 Various subdirectories contain the miniport drivers and their associated files The subdirectory structure is CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WIN2K XXXXX 1386 where XXXXX represents the specific Windows 2000 subdirectory For example the symc8xx sys driver is located in the 8xx2K subdirectory Copy all the files starting from the 1386 subdirectory through the MINIPORT subdirectory 1386 WINNT MINIPORT to the root directory of a clean diskette You will use this SDMS driver diskette during installation You may also download current Windows 2000 drivers from the LSI Logic Web site at http www lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Windows 2000 operating system for SCSI from the list Click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 2 2 Description The SY
22. LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751D e LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 e LSI53C885 e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U e LSI53C895A LSI8953U The LSIHINW HAM supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C895A LSI8953U e LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 Introduction 12 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The LSI_U3NW HAM supports the following device and its associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C1010 LSI21003 LSI22915A LSI21040 LS1I22903 ITIG200U3LP 12 1 3 Description The SDMS NWPA solution consists of the device drivers LSI8XXNW HAM LSIHINW HAM and LSI_U3NW HAM and the NetWare installation files LSI8XXNW DDI LSIHINW DDI and LSI_U3NW DDI LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and LSI_U3NW HAM are NWPA Host Adapter Modules HAMs In order to support SCSI devices you must load the HAM module in conjunction with a SCSI Custom Device Module CDM Novell has developed generic CDMs to support SCSI 2 Hard Drives SCSI CD ROM devices SCSI MO devices SCSI tape devices and SCSI changer devices In addition third party vendors are developing CDMs for device specific support 12 1 4 Supporting NWPA ASPI The NWASPI driver for NetWare provides NWPA ASPI support NetWare or third party applications may use this interface to communicate with a SCSI device attached to an LSI Logic controlle
23. LSI53C895A LSI8953U LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LS120160L LSI53C1010 LSI22915A LS121040 LSI22903 LSI21003 ITIG200U3LP Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 1 3 Description The symhis1 driver conforms to Sun Microsystems SCSA specifications for device drivers This driver allows connection of SCSI devices including disk drives CD ROMs and tape drives for PCl based machines To support a new SCSI device the Solaris 7 and Solaris 8 x86 architectures require that the device complies to the SCSI standard Note that there are different versions for the Solaris 7 and Solaris 8 driver which are located on the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM The directory structure is UNIX CD ROM path drivers unixes solaris solaris7 or UNIX CD ROM path drivers unixes solaris solaris8 Solaris 7 The SDMS symhis1 driver software has been tested on Solaris 7 Update 8 99 and later Older versions have not been tested Older versions are known to require a patch version of the DCA diskette in order to install this driver Please refer to the Sun web site for more information about this patch LSI Logic assumes no responsibility or liability when you attempt to use the Solaris 7 symhis1 driver software with older versions of Solaris that LSI Logic has not tested Solaris 8 The SDMS symhis1 driver software has be
24. checking for that device during the reselection phase If a device does not generate parity and it disconnects the I O never completes Refer to the DISCONNECT option for more information about disabling disconnects for a device Syntax PARITY n lt hba hba gt n lt hba hba gt where n ON is the default value for all devices which enables parity checking OFF disables parity checking To turn off parity checking on host adapter number 0 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD PARITY OFF lt 0 gt or EV SYM8XX ADD P OFF lt 0 gt Using Command Line Options 7 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 7 1 OS 2 Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description Allows more than one outstanding command per SCSI device Some non SCSI compliant devices sold as SCSI devices do not allow queue tags in which case queue tagging needs to be disabled The value given in the command line is the depth of the queue for queue tags for the device s indicated To disable queue tag support a value of 0 or 1 should be given Syntax QTAG nx lt hba id gt n lt hba id gt where n the number of queue tags allowed for a device 0 256 Two examples illustrate how to use this option To turn off queue tagging for ID 3 on host adapter number O the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads S
25. contains the ASPI8xx SyYS driver in this directory CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS DOS Step 2 Add this line to the system s CONFIG SYS file DEVICE C path ASPI8XxX SYS This line must appear before any line loading other SDMS drivers such as SYMCD SYS and or SYMDISK SYS or any other ASPI compliant driver application 6 3 4 Using Command Line Options 6 6 The ASPT8xXx SYS device driver has several configurable features that are set by using switches on the command line in the CONFIG Sys file Using these command line options overrides the settings in the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Table 6 1 lists the command line options No spaces are allowed within a single command line option but spaces are required between different command line options DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved In the following descriptions path refers to the adapter number boot order designation and id refers to the SCSI ID The following conventions are also used items in brackets are optional x means repeat item 0 or more times Table 6 1 ASPI8XX Command Line Options Option Name Description NORST Prevents a SCSI bus reset during loading of ASPI8xx SYS Activate this option by modifying the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPI8XX SYS to look like this DEVICE C PATH ASP8XX SYS NORST Prompts at syst
26. entries in the CONFIG SYS file to be sure that the boot device is loaded first e Verify that the adapter is not turned off in the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility and that the adapter is not excluded using the EXCLUDE command line option e Reboot the computer OS 2 attempts to install to or boot from an IDE drive instead of the SCSI drive The system BIOS finds the IDE drive before it finds the SCSI drive and therefore uses the IDE drive as the boot device e Check that the appropriate BASEDEV line BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V Or BASEDEV SYM_HI ADD V appears first in the CONFIG SYS file e Disable the IDE drive in the CMOS setup e On some hardware platforms the IDE drive must be physically disconnected before installing to a SCSI drive System is booting from a hard drive and the following message appears at bootup OS 2 is unable to operate your hard disk or diskette drive The system is stopped Correct the preceding error and restart the system This problem occurs when the system is booting from a hard drive attached to an IDE bus a SCSI disk is attached to the LSI Logic host adapter and the SDMS BASEDEV line BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V or BASEDEV SYM_HI ADD V appears in the CONFIG SyS file before the IDE device driver statement or This problem occurs when the system is booting from a hard drive attached to the LSI Logic adapter a
27. 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 2 6 2 9 2 12 als 2 20 2 22 Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Bel Introduction 3 1 1 Features 3 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 3 1 3 Description 3 2 Using the SYMC8XX SYM_HI SYM_U3 Drivers B21 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Fi 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 4 vii Chapter 4 viii 3 3 Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me 3 3 1 New System Installation 3 3 2 Existing System Installation 3 3 3 Existing System Using ASPI8XX SYS DOS ASPI Driver 3 3 4 Verifying Correct Driver Installation 3 4 Troubleshooting 3 5 Using the Command Line Options 3 5 1 Enabling Disabling Ultra SCSI Support 3 5 2 Disabling Auto Request Sense Support 3 5 3 Enabling SCAM Support 3 5 4 Disabling Domain Validation Support 3 5 5 Multiple LSI Logic Host Adapters Considerations 3 6 Using SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 3 6 1 Features 3 6 2 Installing SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation 4 1 Introduction 4 1 1 Features 4 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 4 1 3 Description 4 2 Using the SDMS Windows NT Drivers 4 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette 4 3 Installing Drivers for Windows NT 4 3 1 New System Installation 4 3 2 Existing System Installation 4 4 Performance Tuning for Windows NT 4 0 4 4 1 Supporting Large Block Size 4 4 2 Maximu
28. 6 5 installing 6 6 troubleshooting 6 11 Windows 95 98 Me 3 10 auto request sense disabling 3 15 to 3 16 4 18 autoexec bat 6 19 6 30 BBS BIOS boot specification 2 3 BCD binary coded decimal 6 21 boot adapter list menu 2 18 boot choice description 2 16 boot connection devices menu listing available boot options 2 3 PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide IX 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved boot disk SCO UNIX 8 2 boot information display mode description 2 21 boot order description 2 8 2 19 boot time initialization 2 1 building BTLD driver diskette for DOS system users 8 5 for UNIX system users 8 5 building C8XX driver diskette for DOS system users 9 4 for UNIX system users 9 3 bundled driver 3 5 Cc cancel description 4 23 CDM custom device module 12 1 CD ROM boot initialization 2 3 CD ROM configuration program menu 8 14 to 8 15 CHS mapping description 2 11 class drivers 3 1 4 1 to 4 5 command line options ASPI8XX SYS 6 6 to 6 11 NT ASPI 4 34 SYMCD SYS 6 20 to 6 21 SYMDISK SYS 6 13 to 6 16 CONFIG SYS file 7 9 ASPI8XX SYS 6 6 DOS configuration utility 6 27 low level format utility 6 24 SYMCD SYS 6 19 SYMDISK SYS 6 13 configuration parameters changing with SCSI BIOS configuration utility 2 4 to 2 12 configuring DOS based drivers 6 27 creating the SYMHISL driver diskette for DOS users 10 5 for UNIX users 10 4 current status description 2 19 cu
29. 6 6 Additional DOS Utilities page 6 23 6 1 Introduction In SDMS 4 0 the SCSI BIOS for the LSI Logic family of PCI to SCSI chips is capable of mapping SCSI hard disk drives behind any non SCSl hard disk drives for example IDE within the same system A driverless solution allows connection of up to 24 hard drives SCSI and non SCSIl under DOS 5 0 and above The SCSI BIOS also supports full Virtual DMA Services VDS including features such as scatter gather To gain maximum performance disable any double buffer option provided by disk caching software such as the Microsoft SMARTDRV EXE program for all drives handled through SDMS 6 1 1 When You Need to Load Drivers To connect peripherals other than hard disk drives you must load the appropriate driver Some of these drivers work together and some are capable of direct communication with an LSI Logic PCI to SCSI controller PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 6 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 6 1 illustrates how SDMS DOS drivers communicate Figure 6 1 How SDMS DOS Drivers Communicate LSI Logic SCSI Chip This device driver is an Advanced SCSI Programming Interface ASPI manager It provides standard ASPI compatibility between the SCSI host adapter hardware and ASPI compatible applications See Section 6 3 About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver page 6 5 for more detailed information
30. 6 to 5 9 device drivers amp Windows 95 98 Me 3 5 to 3 11 device drivers amp Windows NT 4 0 4 7 to 4 13 DOS drivers 6 3 to 6 4 for Windows NT boot floppy 4 11 NT configuration utility 4 21 to 4 31 SYMHISL driver for Solaris 10 6 installpkg install package for SCO UNIX driver 8 9 installshield setup program installing SCSI tools Windows 2000 5 21 installing SCSI tools Windows 95 98 3 21 installing SCSI tools Windows NT 4 35 IRQ interrupt request line 2 8 4 24 K kernel rebuilding for SCO openserver 8 15 keyboard options description 2 4 L language description 2 21 large block size support using the sym_256K reg file 4 13 LASTDRIVE command 6 19 link kit adding another host adapter 8 10 to 8 14 Linux device drivers description 11 4 features 11 2 enabling integrity checking 11 9 installing your driver 11 4 to 11 9 LSI Logic devices supported 11 3 obtaining current driver 11 5 to 11 6 obtaining driver patches 11 6 to 11 9 troubleshooting 11 9 logical partitions drive letters 6 22 LSI Logic Control description 2 8 LSI Logic SCSI host adapters requiring NVRAM 2 5 4 21 LSI Logic web site obtaining NT ASPI software 4 34 obtaining SCSI tools software for Windows 2000 5 21 obtaining SCSI tools software for Windows 95 98 3 21 obtaining SCSI tools software for Windows NT 4 35 obtaining Windows 2000 ASPI software 5 20 LUN scanning for 4 27 SCO UNIX 8 11 8 14 supported in Windows 95 98 Me 3 2 supported in Windows N
31. Before using the SDMS software you should configure the SCSI controller into your system taking into account the configuration of other host adapters and system resources Using the SDMS Software Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved LSI Logic recommends that you back up all data before making any changes or installing any software including LSI Logic SCSI controllers and software Failure to adhere to this accepted computer practice may lead to loss of data You must terminate both ends of the SCSI bus Refer to the hardware manuals for the devices and users guides for the host adapters to properly terminate the bus Also you should locate where jumpers or dip switches are for setting SCSI ID numbers Usually the host adapter is ID 7 The devices are then set at IDs 0 through 6 plus 8 through 15 for Wide SCSI The bootable hard drive must have the lowest numerical SCSI ID unless you are able to use the BIOS Boot Specification BBS Refer to Chapter 2 for additional information regarding the BBS The red or blue line on a standard SCSI cable or the black line on one end of a multicolored SCSI cable designates pin 1 on the cable connector and must connect to pin 1 on the device and host adapter connector Refer to the hardware manuals for the devices and the controller to locate pin 1 of the connector If the system already has an internal bootable hard drive IDE ESDI or ST506 the drivers for t
32. CD ROM on an LSI Logic controller you must load SYMCD SYS as well as ASPI8XX SYS SYMCD SYS The SyMcD Sys driver along with the ASPI8xx SyS driver enables you to install the NetWare operating system from a CD ROM Once the NetWare operating system installation has completed the system no longer requires SYMCD SyYS The NetWare NWPA environment provides support for SCSI CD ROMs through the NWPA driver interface MSCDEX EXE The MSCDEX EXE driver provided with DOS in conjunction with the SYMCD sys driver enables you to install NetWare from a CD ROM SYMDISK SYS The SYMDISK SyS driver provides support for removable media and large sector size devices under DOS NetWare does not require SYMDISK SyYS to support these types of devices Note The Netware drivers can function independently of any DOS drivers with the following exceptions If the installation of NetWare is from a SCSI CD ROM or If the unsupported SDMS 3 XX BIOS or supported 4 18 or older SDMS 4 XX BIOS is being used 12 5 7 Using No SDMS BIOS The LST8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and LSI_U3NW HAM drivers will operate properly on a system when no SDMS BIOS or SDMS DOS drivers are present In this case DOS must reside on a device that is not connected to an LSI Logic controller based host adapter For example DOS could reside on an IDE drive 12 18 NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic
33. Change Item Esc Abort Exit Home End Select Item Enter Execute lt Item gt Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 2 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 2 3 Device Properties Table 2 3 lists the fields on this menu and their descriptions Note Field Type Value Executable If the field displays in grey or yellow text it is available for changes If it displays in white text it is not available Adapter Properties Menu Fields and Descriptions Descriptions Select this option and press Enter to view and modify device properties SCSI Parity Configuration Yes No Indicates whether SCSI parity is enabled for an adapter When disabled you must disable disconnects for all devices as parity checking for the reselection phase is not disabled If a nonparity generating device disconnects its operation will never complete because the reselection fails due to parity error Host SCSI ID Configuration 0 to 7 0 to 15 Indicates the SCSI identifier of an adapter LSI Logic recommends that this field be set to the highest priority SCSI identifier which is 7 SCSI Bus Scan Order Configuration Low to High 0 Max High to Low Max 0 Indicates the order in which to scan SCSI identifiers on an adapter Changing this item will affect drive letter assignment s if more than one device is attached to an adapter Removable Media Support
34. Corporation All rights reserved Active Termination Address API ASPI Asynchronous Data Transfer Bernoulli Box Binary Code Appendix A Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations An industry initiative extension of the Ultra160 SCSI specification that requires support of Double Transition Clocking Domain Validation and Cyclic Redundancy Check The electrical connection required at each end of the SCSI bus composed of active voltage regulation and a set of termination resistors Ultra and Ultra2 SCSI require active termination A specific location in memory designated either numerically or by a symbolic name Application Programming Interface A standard bridge or specification for which software is written allowing the passing of information and instructions between the various parts of a computer system Advanced SCSI Programming Interface A specification for a common structured method of supporting SCSI peripherals It provides an interface between host adapters and SCSI device drivers One of the ways data is transferred over the SCSI bus Asynchronous transfers are tied to control signal handshaking and are slower than synchronous data transfer A high capacity data storage device that uses a removable nonvolatile cartridge Software instructions reduced to ones and zeros that are readable by a computer PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide A 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic C
35. FDISK utility is a tool that you can use to delete partition entries one or all of them If all partition entries are deleted it is necessary to reboot to clear memory or the old partitioning data will be reused thus nullifying the previous operation Use care to ensure that the correct disk is the target of an FDISK command Spinup Delay secs Configuration 1 to 15 Indicates the delay in seconds between spinups of devices attached to an adapter Staggered spinups balance the total electrical current load on the system during boot The default value is 2 seconds Secondary Cluster Server Configuration Yes No Indicates whether an adapter has one or more devices attached that are shared with one or more other adapters Therefore the SDMS SCSI BIOS should avoid SCSI bus resets as much as possible This option allows you to enable an adapter to join a cluster of adapters without doing any SCSI bus resets This is a requirement for the Microsoft Cluster Server The default value is No with an alternate option of Yes Termination Control Configuration Auto Off If available the field Indicates whether an adapter has automatic termination control If not available its current status is either Auto or Off Auto means that the adapter automatically can determine whether it should enable or disable its termination Off means termination on the adapter is off and the devices at the ends of the SCSI bus mus
36. LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS SCO OpenServer 5 driver The BTLD driver supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LSI8251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LSI8751D LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 LSI53C885 LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 LSI53C895A LSI8953U Introduction 8 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C1010 LSI21003 LSI21040 LSI22915A LSI22903 ITI6200U3LP 8 1 3 Description 8 2 Building 8 4 UNIX installation on a SCSI system requires creation of a SCO OpenServer 5 kernel that contains the SCSI driver to support SCSI devices The two possible installation procedures are e Installing UNIX and the proper SDMS BTLD driver for the first time on a SCSI boot drive e Loading or updating the proper SDMS BTLD driver on a boot drive Read the important information below before beginning any installation procedure e This driver supports all releases of SCO OpenServer 5 Releases 5 0 2 5 0 4 and 5 05 e The diskette contains package slha which is used for all SCO OpenServer 5
37. LSI53C895A LSI53C896 LSI53C897 LSI53C 1000 and LSI53C1010 chips e The NCR53C8xx driver supports the entire NCR SYM LSI 53C8XX family of chips excluding the latest Ultra160 LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 chips released by LSI Logic Note that this driver supports the earliest chips from National Cash Register NCR such as the NCR53C810 revision 1 11 1 4 Upgrading your Linux Driver During Installation It is possible to upgrade to the latest driver during installation of Red Hat 7 0 and 7 1 Driver update disks for these releases of Linux may be obtained either from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM or by anonymous ftp from ftp ftp sil com HostAdapterDrivers linux DriverUpdateDisks 11 2 Installing Your Linux Driver After installing the Linux operating system you must patch the driver and other kernel files to upgrade to SYM53C8XxX version 1 60 NCR53C8XX version 3 30 To patch the driver and other kernel files follow these steps Linux Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 1 Step 2 Obtain and install the kernel source The kernel source may be obtained through anonymous ftp from ftp us kernel org pub Be sure to use binary mode to download the kernel file For this example the bz2 compressed kernel was downloaded and stored under root Kernels Uncompress and install the kernel by typing at the prompt each command on one line
38. Manager allows you to switch between programs start other programs and maintain files and directories This version of OS 2 requires an x86 or higher microprocessor Other hardware requirements include a minimum of 8 Mbytes of RAM and a minimum hard disk drive size of 90 Mbytes SDMS 4 0 provides the necessary SCSI device drivers for OS 2 which are SYM8Xx ADD and SYM_HI ADD LSI Logic recommends reviewing the OS 2 manual prior to proceeding PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 7 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 1 1 Features The SDMS device drivers for OS 2 support these features Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Ultra160 data transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 chips only Parallel Protocol Request PPR for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 chips only Double Transition data transmission for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 Wide SCSI Single Ended SE and differential Disconnect Reselect Scatter Gather Tagged command queuing SE High Voltage Differential and LVD termination Target Initiated Negotiation TIN Allows up to eight host adapters NVRAM and NVS configuration storage Alternate Cylinder Head Section CHS mapping algorithm Command line EXCLUDE option to block use of a specified adapter Higher performance by requiring only one interrupt per I O Flexible GPIO pin definition using a table in the
39. SCSI devices the other method would be to use SCSI pass through commands Windows 2000 ASPI is comprised of two modules 1 a user mode DLL and 2 a kernel mode device driver Applications using ASPI only interface with the user mode DLL The DLL passes commands and requests to the kernel mode device driver which in turn interfaces with the Windows 2000 operating system for execution of the request Note that nonadministrator users can now open the kernel mode driver Using SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 5 19 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved A current version of Windows 2000 ASPI can be downloaded from the LSI Logic Web Site http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Utilities for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download Windows 2000 ASPI 5 6 3 Installing Windows 2000 ASPI To install Windows 2000 ASPI for x86 platforms execute the InstallShield setup program To install the Windows 2000 ASPI software you execute an InstallShield setup program If you obtained the software from the LSI Logic Web site it is within a self extracting zip file Expand the zip file to install the software into a directory on your hard disk drive or to a diskette and then run SETUP EXE If you obtained the softwar
40. SYMDISK SYS or SYMCD SYS DOS drivers they also require installation prior to running the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility To do a full installation of all the DOS drivers run the DOS Installation Utility Additional DOS Utilities 6 27 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The recommended minimum memory requirement for this utility is 2 Mbytes You need at least 500 Kbytes of conventional DOS memory and the remainder in extended memory 6 6 2 4 Troubleshooting A possible problem with its suggested solution is The utility screens are unreadable Check that your graphics card and your monitor match For example an SVGA card combined with a VGA monitor may not display the screens accurately 6 6 3 Using the DOS Verify Utility 6 6 3 1 Features The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the DOS Verify Utility SyMDIAG EXE and Z_VER DAT files in this directory CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY DOS The ASPT8xx SyYS file is also required The SCSI DOS Verify Utility supports these features e Provides a system check for our SDMS 4 0 software e Detects any vendor s adapters and ASPI managers e Shows detailed device information found on these adapters e Provides a GUI and online Help 6 6 3 2 Description 6 28 This utility troubleshoots the system by systematically testing and checking various hardware and software components No changes or side effects
41. The LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and LST_U3NW HAM drivers support the following DOS drivers e ASPI8xXx SyYS Version 4 10 or greater e SYMCD SYS e SYMDISK SYS The HAM drivers do not support the older SDMS 3 XX DOS drivers DOSCAM SYS MINICAM SYS CDROM SYS and SCSIDISK SYS The SDMS BIOS version 4 18 is the minimum BIOS required for NetWare when not used with ASPI8xx SyYs For any earlier BIOS versions use the ASPI8XX SYS driver version 4 10 or greater Refer to Chapter 6 DOS Device Driver Installation for more information Important Please see Section 12 5 4 Using the SDMS 4 XX BIOS regarding 8XX_32 ROM with SCAM enabled before upgrading the BIOS To upgrade the BIOS Boot ROM to 4 18 or later follow these steps Step 1 Load the FLASH8X5 EXE program Step 2 Follow the screen instructions to upgrade the BIOS Step 3 Select the appropriate BIOS file that is 8xx_64 ROM Using NWPA NetWare Drivers 12 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved To check the status of DOS drivers follow these steps Step 1 Edit the CONFIG sys file Step 2 If any of the following lines appear remove or delete these lines LSI Logic recommends using the REM command to comment them out in case these lines are needed later EVICE lt pa EVICE lt pa EVICE lt pa EVICE lt pa D h gt DOSCAM SYS 5 D D DEVICE lt pa a A h gt MINICAM SYS h gt CDROM S
42. This chapter describes the device drivers for the Windows NT 4 0 operating system It provides installation instructions for new and existing system installations along with utility information This chapter includes these topics e Section 4 1 Introduction page 4 1 e Section 4 2 Using the SDMS Windows NT Drivers page 4 7 e Section 4 3 Installing Drivers for Windows NT page 4 7 e Section 4 4 Performance Tuning for Windows NT 4 0 page 4 13 e Section 4 5 Troubleshooting page 4 17 e Section 4 6 Using the NT Configuration Utility page 4 20 e Section 4 7 Using the Domain Validation Utility page 4 32 e Section 4 8 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows NT 4 0 page 4 33 e Section 4 9 Using SCSI Tools for Windows NT page 4 34 4 1 Introduction Windows NT 4 0 is an operating system designed to run on processors using current technology It provides a graphical user interface environment that incorporates many high level features Refer to the Microsoft Windows NT documentation for more information An I O manager handles I O requests in Windows NT by going through the appropriate drivers to address a SCSI peripheral Windows NT provides class drivers for hard disk floptical CD ROM printer and scanner peripherals Other class drivers provided by peripheral manufacturers may be added to support new devices Tape device support is built into the operating system itself and does not P
43. about LASTDRIVE consult the MS DOS manual Execute the Microsoft CD ROM Extension MSCDEX EXE from the AUTOEXEC BAT file in order to access the drive unless the CD ROM access software specifies otherwise Add the following line to the AUTOEXEC BAT file PATH MSCDEX D NAME For example if DEVICE C PATH SYMCD SYS D MY_CD SYMCD SYS Driver 6 19 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved is in the CONFIG SYS file then PATH MSCDEX D MY_CD should exist in the AUTOEXEC BAT file The D switches must match Step 5 Check installation instructions for the CD ROM drive itself for other parameters necessary to include with MSCDEX When MSCDEX is loaded during the AUTOEXEC BAT file execution a message appears and shows the drive letter assignment to the CD ROM drive For example DRIVE E DRIVER MY_CD UNIT 0 This informs you that the CD ROM drive is recognized and ready for use 6 5 4 Using Command Line Options The SYMCD SYS device driver has several embedded functions available that are accessed by using switches on the command line Table 6 3 lists the command line options No spaces are allowed in a single command line option but spaces are required between different command line options In the following descriptions path refers to the adapter number boot order d
44. and sales offices and design resource centers on our web site at http www I silogic com contacts na_salesoffices html
45. at least 500 Kbytes of conventional DOS memory and the remainder in extended memory 6 6 3 4 Troubleshooting A potential problem with its suggested solution is The utility screens are unreadable Check that your graphics card and your monitor match For example an SVGA card combined with a VGA monitor may not display the screens accurately 6 6 4 Host Adapter Flash Utility The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the SDMS Flash Utility FLASH8X5 EXE in this directory Additional DOS Utilities 6 29 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 6 4 1 Features CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS BIOS The main feature supports host adapter selection for updating with a specific BIOS image 6 6 4 2 Description 6 30 This utility allows you to update the LSI Logic PCI SCSI BIOS on a host adapter based on a LSI53C815 LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI53C875 LSI53C876 LSI53C885 LSI53C895 LSI53C895A LSIC53C896 LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 SCSI chip LSI Logic releases new versions of the SCSI BIOS periodically Your host adapter must have a flash ROM on board to use this utility You must place this utility on a DOS bootable diskette and execute it from this diskette Do not run FLASH8X5 from a drive connected to the host adapter you are updating Power down any hard disk drives attached to the host adapter that you are updating Using DOS 5 0 or higher create a bootab
46. bundled with Windows 2000 These drivers support the LSI53C8XX family of LSI Logic controllers with the exception of the LSI53C895A The SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers are nonbundled drivers The SYM_895A SYS driver supports the LSI53C895A controller The SyM_U3 SYS driver supports the LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 controllers To install Windows 2000 on a new system the system BIOS must support booting from a CD ROM SDMS BIOS settings may need to be changed to allow CD ROM booting Step 1 Start the Windows 2000 installation by booting from the Windows 2000 CD ROM Note If only the syMc8xx sys and or SYM_HI SyS drivers are needed no user action is required as they will be loaded from the CD ROM automatically Step 2 Press the F6 key to install the Sym_895A SYS or SYM_U3 SYS nonbundled drivers Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note Be sure to press the F6 key as any driver loaded later in the installation process is not recognized by the Windows setup If F6 is not pressed all devices controlled by the drivers are not available during Windows 2000 setup Step 3 Choose S to specify an additional device when the screen displays Setup could not determine the type of one or mor mass storage devices Note If this screen is not displayed as the first user input then the F6 keypress was not seen by the setup program Reboot your system and tr
47. do not support the use of auto request sense resulting in perceived device failures To allow these devices to operate properly the auto request sense feature can be disabled using the Device Manager on a per adapter basis Follow this procedure to disable auto request sense support Step 1 Click on the Start button Select Settings gt Control Panel Step 2 Double click on the System icon Using the Command Line Options 3 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 3 Click on the Device Manager tab Step 4 Either double click on the SCSI controllers entry or click once on the plus sign to the left of it One entry for each host adapter installed in the system appears Step 5 Select the desired adapter and click on the Properties button Step 6 Click on the Settings tab Step 7 Type DisableAutoRegSense 1 If there is already an entry displayed type the above at the end of the existing entry Be sure to include the semicolon Step 8 Click OK to exit the Settings tab Step 9 Click OK again If the entry was changed the System Settings Change dialog box appears Step 10 Click Yes to restart the computer After the system reboots auto request sense is disabled for the selected adapter To re enable auto request sense delete the entry that was made above If other entries exist be sure to leave them intact 3 5 3 Enabling SCAM Support 3 16 SC
48. install the SYMDISK SyYS driver follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Copy the SYMDISK SYS driver to the boot disk The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the SYMDISK SYS driver in this directory CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS DOS The ASPI8xx SyYS driver is also required Add the lines shown below to the CONFIG SYS file List the drivers in this sequence DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS 6 4 4 Using Command Line Options The Sy DISK SYS device driver has several embedded functions that are accessed by using switches on the command line Table 6 2 lists the command line options No spaces are allowed in a single command line option but spaces are required between different command line options In the following descriptions path refers to the adapter number boot order designation and id refers to the SCSI ID The following conventions are also used items in brackets are optional items in brackets followed by an means repeat 0 or more times choose one of the given items About the SYMDISK SYS Driver 6 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 2 SYMDISK SYS Command Line Options Description Prompts you at system bootup whether to load SyMDISK SyYS or not To use this option the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyMDISk SyYS should lo
49. may also obtain the Windows 95 98 Me drivers from the LSI Logic web site at http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Windows 95 98 Me operating system for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 3 3 Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me This section provides installation instructions for new and existing Windows 95 98 Me systems 3 3 1 New System Installation Use this procedure to install the SyMc8xx MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers onto Windows 95 98 Me systems Windows 95 98 Me automatically adds the driver to the registry and copies the driver to the appropriate directories You must install drivers for all host adapters that are listed as PCI SCSI Bus Controller Installing these drivers can be done completely before rebooting your system Note A driver bundled in Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me supports some LSI Logic PCI to SCSI host adapters For those adapters the bundled driver is automatically Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me 3 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 6 installed during Windows Setup To change to the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HT MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers follow the instructions in Section 3 3 2 Existing System Installati
50. no other host adapter drivers to install continue the installation Note During the installation if the driver does not find a hard disk on which to install the operating system it aborts the process The system loads the required drivers such as C8XX and indicates when they are loaded At the end of the installation you will see a prompt to reinsert the driver diskette Step 4 Insert the PCI SCSI SCO UnixWare driver diskette and press Enter The kernel is rebuilt and the system gets ready to boot from the SCSI disk drive Step 5 Remove the PCI SCSI SCO UnixWare driver diskette when prompted to do so and reboot the system 9 3 2 Existing System Installation This section provides instructions for adding or updating the C8XX package 9 3 2 1 Adding or Updating the C8XX Package Before you install the C8XX driver make a backup copy of the existing kernel Step 1 Log on as root Step 2 At the shell prompt type cp stand unix stand unix safe 9 6 UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Use this copy of the old kernel to reboot the system if the driver installation fails Refer to Section 9 4 Troubleshooting for more information Step 3 Insert the PCI SCSI SCO UnixWare driver diskette once the old kernel is saved Step 4 Load the driver using the pkgadd command by typing pkgadd d diskettel Step 5 Select c8xx and press Enter
51. showing all LSI53C8XX cards and attached peripherals e Provides a GUI and online Help DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 6 2 2 Description This utility provides a user friendly way to configure any of the DOS based drivers for the CONFIG SYS file It assumes the LSI Logic SCSI drivers are already installed The SDMS ASPI driver ASPI8XX SYS must be present and loaded for this utility to run Online help is available at each step for each screen you encounter You may press F1 at any time for a list of all the help available 6 6 2 3 Running the DOS Configuration Utility To run this utility several files are required 6CONFIG EXE e CONF IG DAT 8BITBUS PCX 16BITBUS PCX ADAPTERS PCX LUNVIEW PCX e 6TILE PCX 6VIEWIT PCX 6ASPI8XX SYS If ASPI8XX SYS already exists on the system and the driver line points to it in the CONFIG sys file you do not need it in the same directory as CONFIG EXE It is included here in case the installation of the drivers has not yet taken place If this is the case add the following line to the CONFIG SYS file DEVICE path ASPI8XX SYS Then reboot for it to take effect The path specified in the above line is your choice C LSILogic is recommended and ASPI8xx SyS must be copied to that location If you wish to configure the
52. that precedes this message Step 6 Continue the installation according to the SCO OpenServer documentation Step 7 To install SCSI device support continue from Section 8 3 2 1 Adding a SCSI Disk Drive page 8 10 within the instructions for existing system installations Note The SCO OpenServer 5 operating system automatically creates a file unix safe during installation If you need to return to this initial UNIX kernel due to problems with subsequent installation procedures type unix safe atthe boot prompt 8 3 2 Existing System Installation 8 8 This procedure assumes SCO OpenServer 5 is already installed on a hard disk drive This installation is necessary to build a new UNIX kernel that includes the proper LSI Logic host adapter driver The basic steps for accomplishing this task are outlined below For more details on UNIX installation refer to the SCO OpenServer System Administrator s Reference Manual Follow this procedure to install the SDMS BTLD driver on the non SCSI boot drive Also use this procedure to replace a previously installed SDMS driver on a SCSI drive Some of the SCSI devices supported include tape drives CD ROM drives and SCSI hard disk drives used as secondary storage LSI Logic recommends that you complete the entire installation in one session You should have sufficient time possibly over an hour available to complete this without interruption Note The SCO OpenServer system automat
53. the NT ASPI files into the proper directories as well as making the appropriate registry entries After installing the software you must reboot the computer There are no command line options with the NT ASPI software 4 9 Using SCSI Tools for Windows NT 4 34 SDMS SCSI Tools for Windows NT is a software support utility for x86 platforms It provides a mechanism for examining host adapters and SCSI devices within the Windows NT environment Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 9 1 Features The SCSI Tools for Windows NT support these features e Examination of SCSI device parameters e Power management e Disk cache management 4 9 2 Installing SCSI Tools for Windows NT If your system already has NT ASPI follow the instructions for running the InstallShield setup program Otherwise the NT ASPI utility must be installed first before installing this SCSI Tools package Refer to Section 4 8 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows NT 4 0 To install the SCSI Tools for Windows NT software you execute an InstallShield setup program If you obtained the software from the LSI Logic web site it is in the form of a self extracting zip file Expand the zip file to install the software into a directory on your hard disk drive or to a diskette and then run SETUP EXE Note that the installer must have Windows NT Administrator capabilities for running the SETUP progra
54. the boot drive host adapter 0 ID 0 and a mirrored partition is established on host adapter 1 ID 2 If the primary partition fails for example due to power failure then the drive number of INT13h will change Host Adapter 0 ID 5 BOOT which is 80h Host Adapter 1 ID 2 81h Host Adapter 1 ID 4 82h Therefore to boot from the mirrored partition enter this line in the BOOT INI file on the NT FT boot floppy MULTI 0 DISK 0 RDISK 1 PARTITION 1 lt WINNT_DIRECTORY where the host adapter is 1 with ID 2 Note that RDISK 1 was calculated from x 81h 80h Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 5 Save the BOOT INI file and restore the read only attribute 4 5 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are During installation no SCSI devices are found e Ensure that the custom setup is chosen on the Setup Method screen e Ensure that all devices are powered on and terminated correctly e Check that no devices have duplicate SCSI IDs e Make sure INTA is assigned for the PCI slot s where your SCSI host adapter s are installed e Ensure that all devices can be seen in the display banner of the SDMS SCSI BIOS at boot time e For systems with some versions of the Award BIOS ensure that the PCI IRQ is set to edge triggered System crashes during installation with a message indicati
55. this test to fail You may wish to execute the test again after stepping down the Sync Speed and or Bus Width negotiation value s Write Read This test issues write buffer commands to the device using the data pattern you have Buffers chosen A read buffer command is then issued to read the data back A data comparison is then done to verify data transfer If a miscompare is noted the test fails The negotiation values used for both commands are your specified values I O errors can also cause this test to fail You may wish to execute the test again after stepping down the Sync Speed and or Bus Width negotiation value s Stress This test also issues write read buffer command pairs Instead of using the pattern Pattern IOs specified by you this test loops through sending I O pairs and doing data compares using each of the possible patterns Each pattern will have been used 10 times by the end of this loop If a miscompare is noted the test fails The test finishes by doing 32 random reads to the device media to further stress the bus The negotiation values used for the commands are your specified values The values specified for the LVD driver signal and Req Ack Skew value are also passed to the miniport driver during this test I O errors can cause this test to fail You may wish to execute the test again after stepping down the Sync Speed and or Bus Width negotiation value s and or altering the LVD Driver Signal or Req Ack Skewing value s
56. to Step 11 Scroll up and select IDE CD ROM ATAPI 1 2 PCI IDE Controller Press Enter Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 11 Step 12 Upon exiting a screen displays the message Setup will load support for the following mass storage device s Press Enter This message implies that Windows NT recognizes the miniport driver and the SCSI hardware Follow the Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 installation procedure at this point 4 3 2 Existing System Installation This procedure installs the SyMc8xx SYS SYM_HI SYS or SYM_U3 SYS driver onto an existing Windows NT 4 0 system Note Windows NT 4 0 uses the Windows 95 98 Me user interface resulting in minor changes to the procedure for updating SCSI drivers The Windows NT 4 0 procedure follows To install the SDMS miniport drivers onto an existing Windows NT 4 0 system follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Boot Windows NT 4 0 and log on as Administrator Click on the Start button Select Settings gt Control Panel Double click on SCSI Adapters Click on the Drivers tab If NCRSDMS SYS NCRC810 SYS NCRC8XX SYS or SYMC810 SYS drivers are listed select the driver s and choose Remove before adding the new driver Also if the name of the driver you are installing SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS or SYM_U3 SYS is listed remove it
57. vary greatly between various drivers or versions of drivers This can have a huge impact on performance benchmarking between different driver versions or adapter vendors In effect one adapter may actually be able to have 70 or 80 I Os outstanding while another adapter could only have 32 This can also affect systems with high performance storage subsystems such as disk arrays In order to have a guaranteed number of concurrent I Os an entry must be added to the registry using the SYM10010 REG file Important Be sure to read the information in the SYM1001I0 REG data file before editing it Choose one of two methods to add this registry setting 1 Locate the SYM1001I0 REG supplied with the driver files using Windows Explorer and double click on the file or 2 Type at the command prompt REGEDIT SYM1001I0 REG This inserts an entry in the registry to guarantee a maximum of 100 concurrent I Os per adapter If a maximum other than 100 is desired the SYM10010 REG file can be edited However setting this value to a high number uses increasing amounts of nonpaged pool memory a critical Windows 2000 resource High values for this setting can degrade system performance Performance Tuning for Windows 2000 5 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved You must reboot your system for the new registry setting to take effect To reset the guaranteed number of concurrent I
58. 1 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 13 6 13 6 16 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 19 6 20 6 21 6 22 6 23 6 23 6 26 6 28 6 29 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 7 2 Using the SDMS OS 2 Drivers Tei Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette 7 3 Installing Drivers for OS 2 7 44 Installing SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD During New System Installations 7 3 2 Updating SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD for Existing System Installations 7 4 Using Command Line Options 7 5 Troubleshooting SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation 8 1 Introduction 8 1 1 Features 8 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 8 1 3 Description 8 2 Building an SDMS 4 0 BTLD PCI Diskette 8 2 1 For UNIX System Users 8 2 2 For DOS and Windows System Users 8 3 Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver 8 3 1 New System Installation 8 3 2 Existing System Installation 8 4 Troubleshooting UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation 9 1 Introduction 9 1 1 Features 9 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 9 1 3 Description 9 2 Building the C8XX Driver Diskette 9 2 1 For UNIX System Users 9 2 2 For DOS and Windows System Users 9 3 Installing the C8XX Driver for Unixware 9 3 1 New System Installation 9 3 2 Existing System Installation 9 4 Troubleshooting Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 5 To 7 5 7 6 ers 7 9 le 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 8 17 F 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 5 9 6 9 8 xi Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 xii Solaris Device Driver Inst
59. 1 Find all the DV Service Module files on the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM at this location CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS NTDVSRVC 1I386 Step 2 Copy DVSERVICE EXE to the directory SSYSTEMROOT SYSTEM This may appear as WINNT SYSTEM Step 3 Open a DOS window and run the installation program to install the service module into the Windows NT environment CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS NTDVSRVC 1I386 SVINSTAL EXE If successful a message stating that the service has been correctly installed appears It directs you to access the Service applet in the Control Panel Step 4 To start the service follow the menu path Start gt Control Panel gt Services Step 5 Locate the DV Service Module and click on the Start button At this point the service module is installed and running Unless the preset error limit is exceeded during a polling period this service remains in the background If exceeded this service displays a message box suggesting that you should run the Domain Validation tests again on the stated adapter and its connected devices Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note The error counts are cleared whenever the system polls the driver If multiple messages appear on a single adapter errors are continuing to occur in subsequent polling periods
60. 12 Installing SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 32 4 32 4 33 4 33 4 33 4 33 4 34 4 34 4 35 4 35 5 1 52 5 3 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 6 5 7 5 10 5 10 11 5 12 5 12 5 14 5 18 5 19 3 19 5 20 5 20 5 20 5 21 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 DOS Device Driver Installation 6 1 Introduction 6 1 1 When You Need to Load Drivers 6 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 6 2 Using the DOS Installation Utility 6 2 1 Troubleshooting 6 3 About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 3 1 Features 6 3 2 Description 6 3 3 Installing the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 3 4 Using Command Line Options 6 3 5 Troubleshooting 6 4 About the SYMDISK SYS Driver 6 4 1 Features 6 4 2 Description 6 4 3 Installing the SYMDISK SYS Driver 6 4 4 Using Command Line Options 6 4 5 Troubleshooting 6 5 About the SYMCD SYS Driver 6 5 1 Features 6 5 2 Description 6 5 0 Installing the SYMCD SYS Driver 6 5 4 Using Command Line Options 6 5 5 Troubleshooting 6 5 6 Assigning Drive Letters 6 6 Additional DOS Utilities 6 6 1 Using the Low Level Format Utility 6 6 2 Using the DOS Configuration Utility 6 6 3 Using the DOS Verify Utility 6 6 4 Host Adapter Flash Utility OS 2 Device Driver Installation ia Introduction ra Features 7 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported AS Description Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 1 6 1 6 3 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1
61. 2 4 Rebuilding the Kernel if you replied y return to Section 8 3 2 1 Adding a SCSI Disk Drive page 8 10 if you replied n 8 3 2 3 Adding a SCSI CD ROM Drive If you are not adding a SCSI CD ROM drive to this system go to Section 8 3 2 4 Rebuilding the Kernel page 8 15 Step 1 To add a SCSI CD ROM drive type at the command prompt mkdev cdrom Press Enter Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver 8 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 14 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 The CD ROM Configuration Program menu appears Select option 1 to install a CD ROM drive and press Enter The system prompts to configure the CD ROM Drive Type y and press Enter The system prompts for the identifier of the host adapter that supports this device If the default is correct press Enter If it is incorrect type slha Press Enter The system prompts for the host adapter that supports the CD ROM drive Type the correct host adapter number and press Enter If an additional host adapter is being added to the SCO OpenServer kernel the system may prompt if you want to update the link kit add another host adapter Type y and press Enter if you entered the host adapter number correctly or Type n and press Enter if you entered the host adapter number incorrectly The system then prompts for the host adapter identifier of the pre
62. 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Choose search as well as specifying the media to search such as floppy diskette CD ROM or specific path Click on the Next button For example if floppy diskette was chosen the system would search for the correct driver on this diskette and automatically select it Click on the Next button The system displays a window indicating the directory where the file will reside Click on the Next button Click on the Finish button The system displays a window prompting you to reboot your computer Reboot your system at this point for the installation of the driver to take effect At this point the new driver is operational To check this see Section 3 3 4 Verifying Correct Driver Installation 3 3 3 Existing System Using ASPI8XX SYS DOS ASPI Driver 3 10 This procedure installs the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers onto an existing Windows 95 98 Me system that is using the ASPI8XX SYS DOS ASPI driver Follow these instructions to install the miniport drivers Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Boot Windows 95 or Windows 98 or Windows Me Click on the Start button Select Settings gt Control Panel Double click on the System icon Click on the Device Manager tab Either double click on the Other entry or click once on the plus sign to th
63. 5 7 Windows 95 98 Me 3 6 to 3 7 Windows NT 4 0 4 7 to 4 11 next boot description 2 19 NT ASPI Windows NT 4 x 4 33 NT configuration utility adapter settings menu 4 24 device selections menu 4 26 exiting 4 31 initializing main menu 4 21 to 4 24 starting 4 21 warning 4 21 NT fault tolerant floppy 4 15 to 4 16 NTCONFIG utility installing for x86 platforms 4 21 NVM nonvolatile memory 2 8 4 24 NVRAM required for use with NT configuration utility 4 21 required for use with SCSI BIOS configuration utility 2 5 supporting Windows drivers 3 2 supporting Windows NT drivers 4 4 IX 4 0 operating system DOS 6 1 to 6 22 Linux 11 1 to 11 10 NetWare 12 1 to 12 18 OS 2 7 1 to 7 20 SCO OpenServer 8 1 to 8 18 Solaris 10 1 to 10 18 UnixWare 9 1 to 9 8 Windows 2000 5 1 to 5 18 Windows 95 98 Me 3 1 to 3 20 Windows NT 4 1 to 4 19 options description 4 23 OS 2 ADD DDP EXE files 7 5 assigning driver order 7 8 command line options 7 9 to 7 16 deleting OS2CAM ADD driver 7 6 description 7 4 features 7 2 LSI Logic devices supported 7 3 multitasking 7 1 troubleshooting 7 17 OS 2 command line option IDM 7 11 ISM 7 11 DISCONNECT 7 15 EXCLUDE 7 12 PARITY 7 15 QTAG 7 16 SYNCH_OFFSET 7 14 SYNCH_RATE 7 13 TIMEOUT 7 14 VERBOSE 7 11 WIDTH 7 16 P parity description 4 25 parity checking disabling 4 25 6 9 7 15 pause when boot alert displayed description 2 21 PCI bus description 2 8 2 19 PCI high performance drivers SYM
64. 60 Mbytes s FAST80 160 Mbytes s lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt z lt x z lt lt lt lt lt lt x lt z lt lt x ziz z z lt lt lt lt lt x lt x lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt zizi lt Details on the drivers can be found on your system in the file usr src linux driver scsi README ncr53c8xx You may also download the current Linux driver from the LSI Logic Web site at http www lsilogic com After you are connected to this Introduction 11 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Linux operating system for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 11 1 3 Description The SYM53C8xx driver takes full advantage of the features of the latest LSI53C8XX or LSI53C1XXX family of chips although support for some of the earliest chips is no longer available The differences between the two drivers are e The SYM53C8xxX driver supports only those NCR SYM LSI 53C8XX chips that perform Load Store instructions Additionally it supports the Ultra160 LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 chips uses 8 Kbyte on chip RAM and handles phase mismatches in SCRIPTS for the LSI53C895
65. 8 14 LSI Logic devices supported 8 3 new system installation 8 7 to 8 8 preinstallation information 8 4 rebuilding the kernel 8 15 to 8 16 SCSI bus number 8 12 troubleshooting 8 17 SCSI BIOS configuration utility displaying main menu 2 6 to 2 8 overriding settings 6 6 starting 2 4 updating with flash utility 6 30 SCSI bus scan order description 2 10 SCSI commands 3 4 SCSI ID description 2 15 SCSI low level format utility 6 23 to 6 26 SCSI parity description 2 10 SCSI pass through facility 3 4 4 6 SCSI timeout description 2 16 SCSI tools installing for Windows 95 98 3 21 SDMS 4 XX BIOS using in NetWare 12 17 SDMS SCSI BIOS LSI Logic devices supported 2 2 secondary cluster server description 2 11 slha SCO openserver package 8 1 to 8 9 SMP symmetric multiprocessing under NetWare 4 11 12 2 SMP upgrade 12 8 software support package NT ASPI 4 33 SCSI tools for Windows 2000 5 21 SCSI tools for Windows NT 4 35 Solaris device driver description 10 3 features 10 2 existing system installation 10 11 to 10 12 new system installation 10 6 to 10 10 troubleshooting 10 12 spindown examples 6 16 spinup delay description 2 11 support interrupt description 2 21 supporting LSI Logic devices BTLD driver 8 3 C8XX driver 2 2 9 2 SYM_HI MPD driver 3 3 SYM_HI SYS driver 4 5 SYM_U3 MPD 3 3 SYM_U3 SYS 4 5 SYM_U3NW HAM 12 4 SYM8XXNW HAM driver 12 3 SYMC8XX MPD driver 3 3 SYMC8XX SYS driver 4 4 SYMHINW HAM driver 12 3 sym_256K reg add
66. 8 3 2 1 Adding a SCSI Disk Drive page 8 10 if you replied n 8 3 2 4 Rebuilding the Kernel Step 1 To rebuild the kernel type at the command prompt etc conf cf d link_unix Step 2 The system displays a message and then prompts for responses 1 Do you want this kernel to boot by default y n Type y Press Enter The system backs up the old kernel 2 Do you want the kernel environment rebuilt y n Type y Press Enter Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver 8 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 16 Step 3 Reboot the system to activate the new kernel by typing at the command prompt reboot Press Enter Step 4 After the system reboots and the prompt appears press Enter and the new kernel loads by default Step 5 Log in as usual These conditions should exist after a successful installation e The directory etc conf sdevice d should contain a file named slha This file contains the sdevice entries e The directory etc conf cf d contains the files sdevice mdevice and mscsi Files sdev hdr and mdev hdr describe the values of the possible field entries in the files sdevice and mdevice respectively The sdevice file should contain an slha entry for each LSI Logic host adapter configured in the system The second field in the sdevice file should read Y A slha entry should appear in the mdevice file A slha entry for each configured SCSI device should app
67. AM is a protocol that allows SCAM compliant peripherals to assign their SCSI IDs dynamically at boot time eliminating the need for you to check and set unique SCSI IDs The SDMS PCI BIOS and the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD and SYM_U3 MPD drivers have this feature disabled by default Some peripherals have problems with the SCAM protocol resulting in the device either not being seen by the operating system or not working correctly Windows 98 and Windows Me do not support the use of SCAM If you desire usage of the SCAM protocol follow these steps to enable SCAM Step 1 Click on the Start button Select Settings gt Control Panel Step 2 Double click on the System icon Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 3 Click the Device Manager tab Step 4 Either double click on the SCSI controllers entry or click once on the plus sign to the left of it One entry for each host adapter installed in the system appears Step 5 Select the adapter desired then click the Properties button Step 6 Click on the Settings tab Step 7 Type in the Adapter settings entry do_SCAM 1 If an entry already appears there type the above at the end of the existing entry Be sure to include the semicolon Step 8 Click OK to exit the Settings tab Step 9 Click OK again If you changed the entry the System Settings Change
68. C8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS or SYM_U3 SYS are required These drivers Introduction 4 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved are only supported under Windows NT 4 0 and later versions They do not run under earlier versions of Windows NT A Windows application passes SCSI commands to the SCSI devices by using the SCSI pass through facility Refer to the Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 documentation for more information This facility allows applications to directly control and access SCSI devices by filling in a data structure and calling into the port driver or class driver The SYMC8xx SYS and SYM_HT SYS drivers support Ultra SCSI protocol providing twice the raw data transfer rate of Fast SCSI These drivers also support Ultra2 SCSI protocol providing quadruple the raw data transfer rate of Fast SCSI The SYM_U3 SYS driver supports the Ultra160 SCSI protocol providing up to 160 Mbytes s data transfer rates using double transition clocking Ultra160 also includes CRC PPR and Domain Validation The Ultra160 SCSI protocol performs 80 megatransfers per second resulting in approximately double the synchronous data transfer rates of Ultra2 SCSI Caution Ultra SCSI requires more stringent SCSI bus cabling setups than Fast SCSI Ultra2 and Ultra160 require LVD termination The SDMS driver bundled in Windows NT 4 0 is named SYMC810 SyYS When Windows NT selects the bundled SDMS driver during setup the driver informatio
69. C8xx Sys The same is true for Window NT 4 0 To determine the operating system version go into Windows Explorer display the driver file right click on the filename click on Properties and click on the Version tab Finally click on the Internal Filename in the lower section For Windows 2000 the filename appears as filename NT 5 0 For example SYMC8xx SYS NT 5 0 The sections below describe these drivers and their installation The SDMS device drivers for Windows 2000 support these features e Ultra160 data transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 e Domain Validation for SyM_U3 SyS driver only e Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC for SyM_U3 SyYS driver only e Parallel Protocol Request PPR for SYM_U3 SyYS driver only e Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI e Wide negotiation e Tagged command queuing e Multiple host adapters e Multiple LUNs e Disconnect Reselect e Scatter Gather e Differential support Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e SCSI pass through functionality e Disk array configurations with no LUN 0 e Disk array configurations with noncontiguous LUNs e Target Initiated Negotiation TIN e Auto Request Sense e Maximum block size of 1 Mbyte in WIN2000 e NVRAM wide sync parameters SCSI Host ID 5 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone
70. CI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 4 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 2 require a class driver Microsoft provides the port driver and LSI Logic provides the miniport drivers which are called SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS and SYM_U3 SyYS These drivers complete the path to an LSI Logic controller or processor with an optional SDMS SCSI BIOS LSI Logic uses the same filenames for their drivers for different Windows operating systems The driver files are packaged either in separate subdirectories based on the Windows operating system or on different flex disks To determine the driver file for Windows NT 4 0 note that the filename ends with Sys To determine the operating system version go into Windows Explorer display the driver file right click on the filename click on Properties and click on the Version tab Finally click on the Internal Filename in the lower section For Windows NT 4 0 the filename appears as filename NT 4 0 For example SYMC8xx SYS NT 4 0 The sections below describe these drivers and their installations Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 4 1 illustrates the SCSI I O flow in Windows NT 4 0 Figure 4 1 SCSI I O Flow in Windows NT Windows NT ASPI Driver Windows NT Windows NT Windows NT Disk CD_ROM Other Class Driver Class Driver C
71. CSI devices to one or more host adapters you must place the proper host adapter driver in the SCO OpenServer kernel The SDMS Boot Time Loadable Driver BTLD diskette contains one package slha contains the driver for SCO OpenServer 5 Releases You must link edit the proper driver into the SCO OpenServer kernel The kernel must reside on the boot drive either an internal non SCSI hard drive for example IDE or a SCSI hard drive attached to host adapter 0 with SCSI ID 0 and LUN 0 The BTLD permits an easy installation of the SCO OpenServer 5 operating systems with the software provided by The Santa Cruz Operation SCO PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 8 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 1 1 Features 8 2 SCO OpenServer 5 provides only one installation diskette which is labeled Boot Disk This diskette and the SDMS BTLD driver diskette that you create along with other software media are used during a SCO OpenServer 5 installation The silha driver allows SCO OpenServer 5 operating systems to interface with SCSI devices connected to the LSI Logic family of chipsets and or LSI Logic host adapter cards The current BTLD driver supports the Ultra160 LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 chipsets and Ultra160 host adapter boards The following sections provide instructions for configuring the SCO OpenServer 5 kernel with the SDMS driver installing SCO OpenServer 5 onto a hard dr
72. Either double click on the file in Windows Explorer File Manager or Type REGEDIT SYMNO_DV REG at the command prompt This inserts a registry entry that disables Domain Validation operations You must reboot your system for the new registry setting to take effect To re enable the Domain Validation feature use the SYM_DOMV REG file and perform one of the update methods described in the preceding paragraph Troubleshooting 4 19 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 6 Using the NT Configuration Utility 4 20 You may use the NT Configuration Utility to change selected configuration parameters of LSI Logic SCSI host adapters You must have installed Windows NT 4 0 and the latest SDMS Windows NT driver s SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS or SYM_U3 SyYS to match your hardware prior to using this utility You may decide to alter configuration values if a conflict exists between device settings or if you need to optimize system performance You must reboot the system for the changes to take effect During boot the version number of Windows NT appears in a banner on the computer monitor Important The NT Configuration Utility may be used with Windows 2000 in conjunction with the following LSI Logic device drivers SYMC8XX SYS version 4 16 or later SYM_895A SyYS version 4 16 or later SYM_HT SYS version 4 16 or later SYM_U3 SYS version 5 08 or later These drivers may be obtained fro
73. I Wide negotiation Disconnect Reselect Tagged command queuing Scatter Gather Shared interrupts SCSI parity checking Master parity checking LSI Logic and Tekram formatted NVRAM Allowing memory mapped or normal I O user configurations Command line options to override default configuration Allowing drivers to be built into kernel or built as a module Allowing installation of both drivers simultaneously Linux Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 11 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS Linux drivers The SYM53C8xx and NCR53C8xx drivers support the host adapter based on the LSI53C8XX and LSI53C1XXX family of chips Table 11 1 lists the LSI Logic family of supported chips Table 11 1 LSI Logic Family of Chips Supported Devices SCSI Standard Max Sync NCR53C8XX SYM53C8XX LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C815 LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI53C860 LSI53C875 LSI53C876 LSI53C895 LSI53C895A LSI53C896 LSI53C897 LSI53C1000 LSI53C1010 1 33 MHz and 66 MHz Zz Zz FAST10 10 Mbytes s FAST10 10 Mbytes s FAST10 10 Mbytes s FAST10 20 Mbytes s FAST10 20 Mbytes s FAST20 20 Mbytes s FAST20 40 Mbytes s FAST20 40 Mbytes s FAST40 80 Mbytes s FAST40 80 Mbytes s FAST40 80 Mbytes s FAST40 80 Mbytes s FAST80 1
74. I disk drive to this system go to Section 8 3 2 2 Adding a SCSI Tape Drive Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 To add a SCSI disk drive type at the command prompt mkdev hd Press Enter The system prompts for the identifier of the host adapter that supports this device Press Enter if the default is correct If it is incorrect type slha Press Enter The system prompts for the host adapter that supports the disk drive Type the correct host adapter number and press Enter If an additional LSI Logic host adapter is being added to the SCO OpenServer kernel the system may prompt if you want to update the link kit add another host adapter Type y and press Enter if you entered the host adapter number correctly or Type n and press Enter if you entered the host adapter number incorrectly The system then prompts for the host adapter identifier of the preceding step The system prompts for the SCSI bus number of the disk drive LSI Logic host adapters support one bus per adapter Press Enter to get the default bus number of zero or type zero 0 and press Enter Note that dual channel devices appear as two host adapters The system prompts for the Target ID of the disk drive Type the SCSI ID number of the disk drive and press Enter SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved If the ID entered is in the range 8 15 a prom
75. IOS Configuration Utility is used for all five of the menus listed above However the available functionality is different for the Main menu and the four subordinate menus Figure 2 7 illustrates the Exit menu Figure 2 7 Exit Menu LSI Logic SDMS TM PCI SCSI Configuration Utility Version PCI 4 Xx 00 Adapter and or device property changes have been mad lt Cancel exit gt Exit the Configuration Utility lt Save changes then exit this menu gt lt Discard changes then exit this menu gt To exit from the Adapter Properties Device Properties Boot Adapter List or Global Properties menus use these exit options Cancel exit This option returns you to the previous menu Save changes then This option implements any changes you made on the exit this menu previous menu and returns you to the Main menu Discard changes then This option restores the default settings and returns you exit this menu to the Main menu To exit from the Main menu use these exit options Cancel exit This returns you to the Main menu Exit the Configuration This option exits the configuration and automatically Utility reboots your system Important If you reboot the system without properly exiting from this utility some changes may not take effect 2 22 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 3 Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Install
76. ISK SYS UNITS path id lun num_units path id lun num_units For example if a removable media drive is at SCSI ID 2 on the first host adapter and you need to reserve three partitions the command line should look like this DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS UNITS 0 2 0 3 When SyYMDISK SYS initializes it defaults to either One drive letter for a removable media device with no media present Or The number of partitions found on the media in the removable media device The full path id lun and num_units values are required for this option Also 24 devices is the standard limit of devices SSIZE Allows you to change the default sector size The SYMDISK SyYS device driver defaults to the largest sector size found during boot handling all different sector sizes found In the case of removable media SYMDISK SYS assumes a 2048 byte sector size when no media is present This option overcomes this limitation To use this option the line in the CONFIG SyS file that loads SyMDISK SyS should look like this DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS SSIZE 512 1024 2048 4096 For example if a removable media drive is used that has a sector size of 2048 bytes the command line should look like this DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS SSIZE 2048 If SYMDISK SYS comes across a sector size larger than the one specified in this option
77. Information 12 5 1 Specific Driver Options 12 5 2 DOS Access Dependencies 12 5 3 Supported DOS Configurations 12 5 4 Using the SDMS 4 XX BIOS 12 5 5 Using the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 12 5 6 Supporting DOS Drivers 12 5 7 Using No SDMS BIOS Appendix A Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations Customer Feedback Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 12 9 12 10 12 10 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 17 12 17 lalz 12 18 xiii xiv Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figures Tel 12 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 aes 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 6 1 8 1 The LSI Logic SDMS Software SDMS Information Flow Main Menu Adapter Properties Menu Device Properties Menu Left Half Device Properties Menu Right Half Boot Adapter List Menu Global Properties Menu Exit Menu SCSI I O Flow in Windows NT NT Configuration Main Menu Adapter Settings Menu Device Selections Menu Domain Validation Menu Test Selections Menu How SDMS DOS Drivers Communicate SDMS Installation Tools Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 1 2 1 3 2 7 2 9 2 13 2 14 2 18 2 20 eee 4 3 4 22 4 24 4 26 4 28 4 29 8 2 XV xvi Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Tables 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 6 1 6 2 6 3 Tal 8 1 g i 10 1 Tal 124 12 2 Keyboard O
78. K ACKNOWLEDGMENT The LSI Logic logo design SCRIPTS Symbios and SDMS are registered trademarks or trademarks of LSI Logic Corporation MS DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation OS 2 is a registered trademark of the International Business Machines Corporation Solaris is a trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc SCO and UnixWare are registered trademarks and SCO OpenServer is a trademark of The Santa Cruz Operation Inc UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell Inc Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds InstallShield is a registered trademark of InstallShield Software Corporation All other brand and product names may be trademarks of their respective companies MH To receive product literature visit us at http www I silogic com For a current list of our distributors sales offices and design resource centers view our web page located at http www lsilogic com contacts na_salesoffices html Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Audience Preface This book is the user s guide for the PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 Version 12 of this user s guide is intended to explain how to install and configure the LSI Logic SDMS software in your PCI computer system This document was prepared for OEM customers and provides an overview of th
79. MC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SyS drivers meet the Microsoft specification for miniport drivers Miniport drivers allow the connection of SCSI devices including disk drives CD ROMs and tape drives for PCl based machines To support a new SCSI device the Windows 2000 architecture requires that a class driver for that type device be present usually supplied by Microsoft or possibly by the peripheral manufacturer No changes to these drivers are required The SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SyYS drivers described by this document support Windows 2000 only The SYM_895A SYS driver is available for Windows 2000 only Note The SYM_HI SyS driver for Windows NT 4 0 supports the LSI53C895A LSI8953U Additionally there are other versions of the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HT SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers that are supported under Windows NT 4 0 A Windows application passes SCSI commands directly to the SCSI devices by using the SCSI pass through facility refer to the Microsoft Windows 2000 documentation for details This facility allows applications to directly control and access SCSI devices by filling in a data structure and calling into the port or class driver The SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS and SYM_895A SyYS drivers support Ultra SCSI protocol This protocol provides twice the raw data transfer rate of Fast SCSI for disk drives and LSI Logic host adapters that support Ultra SCSI These drivers also support Ultra2 prot
80. O port number that communicates with an adapter The system BIOS assigns this port number IRQ Information Indicates the Interrupt Request Line used by an adapter The system BIOS assigns the IRQ NVRAM Found Information Indicates NonVolatile Random Access Memory Note The NT Configuration display defaults to the English language Versions with the Domain Validation option have English displays only at this time For earlier versions if the display language is to be Czechoslovakian Russian Korean or Japanese you must install Windows NT into the corresponding language so that the display is readable This is not applicable to other languages that use the Roman alphabet 4 6 2 3 Adapter Settings Menu When you click on an adapter the corresponding menu appears Figure 4 3 illustrates the Adapter Settings menu Figure 4 3 Adapter Settings Menu Adapter Settings Help SCAM Support On Parity Enabled Host SCSI ID 7 Scan Order Low to High lt 0 Max gt Set Defaults OK Cancel To change a setting double click on it For example if you double click on SCAM Support a window appears with two options On or Off Once 4 24 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved you select an option this window closes and the new values appear on the Adapter Settings screen To set default values click on the Set Defaults button and then c
81. OM Electronically Erasable Read Only Memory chip used to store configuration information Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations A 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved NVS O Object code Operating System P Parity Checking Partition Passive Termination PCI Peripheral Device PIO Port Address Port Number A 6 Nonvolatile Storage System memory allocated for configuration information storage as specified in the DMI specification Software instructions that are compiled as an intermediate step between source code and binary code A program that organizes the internal activities of the computer and its peripheral devices An operating system performs basic tasks such as moving data to and from devices and managing information in memory It also provides the user interface A way to verify the accuracy of data transmitted over the SCSI bus One bit in the transfer is used to make the sum of all the 1 bits either odd or even for odd or even parity If the sum is not correct an error message appears A logical portion of space on a hard disk designated by a drive letter The electrical connection required at each end of the SCSI bus composed of a set of resistors It improves the integrity of bus signals Peripheral Component Interconnect A local bus specification that allows connection of peripherals directly to computer memory It bypasses the slower ISA and EISA bu
82. OM path drivers unixes unixware uw7 To create a C8XX driver diskette to use with UnixWare installations copy the raw dd image file onto a 1 44 Mbyte diskette The driver diskette must be built Refer to the instructions below for UNIX System and DOS System Users 9 2 1 For UNIX System Users Step 1 Insert a 3 5 inch diskette into the floppy drive At the UNIX prompt type dd if lt path gt unixware dd of dev fd0 The lt path gt represents the location of the dd image file This command will dd the image to the C8XX driver diskette Building the C8XX Driver Diskette 9 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 2 Remove the C8XxX driver diskette for UnixWare installations as instructed later in this chapter Step 3 Label this diskette PC SCSI SCO UnixWare Driver Diskette for use during the installation process 9 2 2 For DOS and Windows System Users 9 4 Under this section DOS system users may copy the UNIXWARE DD image file onto a formatted blank diskette using the FDIMAGE EXE utility Usage fdimage dasv f size r count file drive Table 9 1 describes the information selection options associated with this executable program Table 9 1 FDIMAGE Information Selection Options Options Description Debug mode Specify the floppy diskette format by capacity for example 160K 180K 320K 360K 720K 1 2M 1 44M 2 88M Quick mode do not format the disk
83. OO PEIO OD USER S GUIDE PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 September 2001 Version 12 LSIDKee en DB15 000099 04 This document contains proprietary information of LSI Logic Corporation The information contained herein is not to be used by or disclosed to third parties without the express written permission of an officer of LSI Logic Corporation LSI Logic products are not intended for use in life support appliances devices or systems Use of any LSI Logic product in such applications without written consent of the appropriate LSI Logic officer is prohibited Document DB15 000099 04 Twelfth Version September 2001 This document describes Version 12 of the LSI Logic PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 product and will remain the official reference source for all revisions releases of this product until rescinded by an update LSI Logic Corporation reserves the right to make changes to any products herein at any time without notice LSI Logic does not assume any responsibility or liability arising out of the application or use of any product described herein except as expressly agreed to in writing by LSI Logic nor does the purchase or use of a product from LSI Logic convey a license under any patent rights copyrights trademark rights or any other of the intellectual property rights of LSI Logic or third parties Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved TRADEMAR
84. Os to the default of 32 follow the instructions above except use SYMDEFIO REG as the data file 5 4 3 Auto Request Sense Enabling and Disabling Auto Request Sense is found in Section 5 5 Troubleshooting 5 4 4 Disk Mirroring 5 12 This section applies only to Intel x86 platforms where the SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS is used The SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS loads only one image into system memory at boot time regardless of how many host adapters are used in the system All of the disk drives on all host adapters are recognized through the INT13h function call Due to this implementation disk mirroring under Windows 2000 could be done if it is desired Disk mirroring allows booting from the mirrored partition in case the primary partition fails Note These instructions may be different from Microsoft documentation To create a Windows 2000 Fault Tolerant FT diskette follow these instructions Step 1 Format a diskette in drive A by using Windows 2000 Windows Explorer or My Computer for use as a FT boot floppy Step 2 From the root directory of the primary partition copy NTLDR NIDETECT COM and BOOT INI to this diskette Step 3 Temporarily remove the read only attribute of the BOOT INT file so that it can be modified and saved Step 4 Edit the BOOT INI file on the FT diskette and modify the following line where you want to boot the mirrored partition multi 0 disk 0 rdisk x partiti
85. PD and SYM_U3 MPD PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 3 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 1 1 Features These drivers complete the path to an LSI Logic controller or processor with an optional SDMS SCSI BIOS LSI Logic uses the same filenames for their drivers for different Windows operating systems The driver files are packaged either in separate subdirectories based on the Windows operating system or on different flex disks To determine the driver file for Windows 95 98 Me note that the filename ends with MPD The following sections describe these drivers and their installation The SDMS device drivers for Windows 95 98 Me support these features e Ultra160 data transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 e Domain Validation for the SyM_U3 MPD driver only e Parallel Protocol Request PPR for the SyM_U3 MPD driver only e Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC for the SyM_U3 MPD driver only e Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI e Wide negotiation e Auto Request Sense e Multiple host adapters e Multiple LUNs e Disconnect Reselect e Scatter Gather e Differential support e SCSI pass through functionality e SCSI Configured AutoMatically SCAM e Target Initiated Negotiation TIN e NVRAM wide sync parameters SCSI Host ID SCAM on off 3 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Suppo
86. Press Enter Step 5 Follow the directions presented on the screen When performing a custom installation an understanding of the information presented in the following sections for manual installation may prove useful 6 2 1 Troubleshooting 6 4 Here is a potential problem and a suggested solution If a menuing system exists in the CONFIG SYS file and multiple menu selections are available that already include some of the SDMS drivers the system only updates the first menu selection found that already contains our drivers rather than all of them However if SDMS drivers are not present it puts the new drivers in the common area and creates a common menu item one if it does not exist A workaround regarding menuing in the CONFIG sys file is to ensure the install program puts the drivers where you want them By default they are put in the common area However if some of the SDMS drivers are already present the install program may incorrectly guess where the new ones should be put DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 3 About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 3 1 Features This section describes the characteristics of the ASPI8XxX SyYS driver and provides installation instructions The ASPI8XxX SyYS driver supports these features e ASPI applications e Allows up to eight host adapters e Release of initialization code for smaller run time size e Works with or wit
87. Releases e Within the text instructions for adding SCSI Disk Drives Tape Drives and CD ROM drives the system prompts you to check whether the driver is the default value or to enter the exact driver name The package name and the driver name are slha an SDMS 4 0 BTLD PCI Diskette The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the sco dd image file for SCO OpenServer operating systems in this directory UNIX CDROM path drivers unixes opnservr To create a BTLD driver diskette to use with SCO OpenServer installations copy the raw ddimage file onto a 1 44 Mbyte diskette Refer to the instructions below for UNIX System and DOS System Users SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 2 1 For UNIX System Users To create the BTLD driver diskette follow these steps Step 1 Insert a 3 5 inch diskette into the floppy drive Step 2 At the UNIX prompt type dd if lt path gt sco dd of dev fd0 The lt path gt is the location of the dd image file This command will dd the image to the BTLD driver diskette Step 3 Label the diskette BTLD Driver Diskette 8 2 2 For DOS and Windows System Users Under this section you may copy the sco DD image file to a formatted blank diskette using the fdimage exe utility Usage fdimage dasv f size r count file drive Table 8 1 describes the information selection options associated w
88. S18251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD e LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 e LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LS1I8751D e LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 e LSI53C885 e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U e LSI53C895A LSI8953U e LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C01010 LSI22915A LSI21040 LSI22903 LSI21003 ITI6200U3LP 6 2 Using the DOS Installation Utility The SDMS DOS Installation Utility provides a quick and easy method for performing either a default or custom installation of the SCSI device drivers in a DOS Windows environment It works with any system using an SDMS supported LSI Logic SCSI chip The DOS Installation Utility Using the DOS Installation Utility 6 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved identifies the system scans the SCSI bus and properly installs the required SCSI device drivers The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the DOS device drivers along with the DOS Installation Utility To install the DOS Drivers using this utility follow these steps Step 1 Copy the contents from this directory on the SDMS CD ROM CD ROM DRIVE LETTER DRIVERS DOS to the root of a diskette Step 2 Reboot your system Step 3 Insert the newly created diskette into your floppy drive A or B and type at a DOS prompt INSTALL Step 4
89. SCO OpenServer 5 installations to load the driver during the installation of the operating system or access the devices on the SCSI bus after a SCO OpenServer 5 installation You may also download the current SCO OpenServer 5 driver from the LSI Logic Web site at http www lsilogic com After you are connected to this web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the SCO OpenServer 5 operating systems for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 8 3 Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver This section provides installation instructions for new and existing systems and solutions to potential problems that may be encountered 8 6 SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved To install the SDMS BTLD driver onto a new SCO OpenServer installation follow the new system procedure To install the SDMS BTLD driver on the non SCSI boot drive follow the existing system procedure LSI Logic recommends that you complete either installation in one session You should have sufficient time possibly over an hour available to complete this without interruption 8 3 1 New System Installation This procedure installs SCO OpenServer onto a hard disk drive This installation is necessary to build a new UNIX kernel that includes the SDMS BTLD driver During ins
90. SI Logic Corporation All rights reserved This shows the Sync Rate and Width for each device and the selected adapter Step 4 Set the Sync Rate to 0 and Width to 0 for the selected device This sets the device to asynchronous narrow transfers and Domain Validation functions are not issued to this device Step 5 Exit the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility and save changes 3 5 5 Multiple LSI Logic Host Adapters Considerations 3 5 5 1 Method 1 If multiple LSI Logic PCI SCSI host adapters are installed in the system special actions are sometimes required to install or change drivers This is due to the fact that the bundled driver supports some LSI Logic host adapters and also that one SDMS device driver can support multiple LSI Logic host adapters installed in the system With multiple LSI Logic adapters it is possible to have a situation where one adapter is assigned to one driver and another is assigned to a different version of the same driver This can cause conflicts that may cause the system to switch to real mode drivers affecting performance and access to CD ROM or tape drives When installing additional boards or updating drivers only one version of the appropriate driver controls all the LSI Logic host adapters To update your system to the correct driver two methods are available Follow these steps Step 1 Change the driver for a particular host adapter to the desired driver by using the Device Manager Step 2
91. Ses95 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 8 lt OS On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 9 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 10 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt qall lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 12 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 13 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 14 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 15 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt F1 Help ArrowKeys Select Item Change Item Esc Abort Exit Home End Select Item Enter Execute lt Item gt 2 14 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 2 4 SCSI ID Table 2 4 lists the fields on this menu and their descriptions Field Type Value Information Device Properties Menu Fields and Descriptions Description Displays the device s SCSI identifier Device Identifier Information Indicates the ASCII device identifier string as extracted from the device s inquiry data MB Sec Information 0 5 10 20 40 80 160 Indicates the maximum synchronous data transfer rate of the adapter in megabytes per second corresponding to the width and transfer rate settings that follow Configuration 0 5 10 20 40 80 Indicates the maximum synchronous data transfer rate of the adapter in megatransfers per second Can be changed to a low
92. T 4 4 supporting NetWare drivers 12 2 UnixWare 9 2 LVD low voltage differential 3 4 4 6 master boot record 4 17 maximum number of concurrent I Os Windows NT 4 14 memory requirements DOS configuration utility 6 28 DOS verify utility 6 29 format utility 6 25 host adapter flash utility 6 30 IX 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved menu adapter properties 2 9 adapter settings 4 24 boot adapter list 2 18 device properties 2 13 device selections 4 26 exit 2 22 global properties 2 20 main fields and descriptions 2 8 Microsoft CD ROM extension 2 21 6 18 miniport drivers 3 3 4 5 mirrored partition disk mirroring 4 15 to 4 16 5 12 to 5 13 multiple LSI Logic host adapters Windows 95 98 Me 3 19 multisession photo CD supporting 6 18 multitasking 7 1 N negotiate with devices description 2 21 NetWare 4 xx new system installation 12 7 to 12 8 5 xx new system installation 12 6 to 12 7 ASPI support with NWASPI driver 12 4 command line options 12 9 customizable options 12 11 to 12 15 description 12 4 DOS drivers 12 17 features 12 2 NWPA driver customizable options 12 10 to 12 15 preparing the system for NWPA drivers 12 5 reconfiguring driver options 12 9 symmetric multiprocessing 12 2 using ASPI8XX SYS 12 17 using SDMS 4 XX BIOS 12 17 new system installation instructions NetWare 12 6 to 12 8 SCO OpenServer 8 7 to 8 8 Solaris 10 6 to 10 10 UnixWare 9 5 to 9 6 Windows 2000 5 6 to
93. The C8XX driver gets loaded on the system The system prompts you again to load the driver even if loading was successful Step 6 Type q quit and press Enter Step 7 Verify that the driver is now loaded successfully by typing pkginfo c8xx The package information should look like this system c8xx Symbios IHV HBA After the C8XX package is loaded a message may appear that indicates a system reboot is necessary It sets a system flag to automatically rebuild the kernel upon the next system boot Step 8 Reboot your system by typing the command init 6 During the boot process the driver scans the SCSI bus and lists the devices found on it If the kernel panics during boot then reboot the system with the saved copy of the old kernel Booting from the saved copy of the kernel is described in the Section 9 4 Troubleshooting below If the reboot is successful the system is ready to use Installing the C8XX Driver for Unixware 9 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 9 4 Troubleshooting 9 8 A potential problem and its suggested solution is listed below Driver installation fails To utilize the unix safe kernel file that was created before installing the C8XX host adapter driver follow these steps Step 1 Replace the system UNIX with the backup copy you created before attempting to install the C8XX host adapter driver To perform this task reboot the system Step 2 Wait for t
94. The SCSI hard disk is assigned ID 1 and the CD ROM is ID 4 The distribution of the drive letters is 3 1 2 floppy drive 5 1 4 floppy drive IDE primary partition SCSI primary partition IDE first logical partition IDE second logical partition SCSI logical partition rommo9D FP CD ROM 6 22 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 6 Additional DOS Utilities This section provides information concerning four utilities and includes these topics e Section 6 6 1 Using the Low Level Format Utility page 6 23 e Section 6 6 2 Using the DOS Configuration Utility page 6 26 e Section 6 6 3 Using the DOS Verify Utility page 6 28 e Section 6 6 4 Host Adapter Flash Utility page 6 29 6 6 1 Using the Low Level Format Utility The SDMS Software Device Driver and Utilities CD ROM contains the SCSI Low level Format Utility ASPIFMT EXE in this directory CD ROM DRIVE LETTER UTILITY DOS 6 6 1 1 Features The SCSI Low level Utility supports these features e Works with any ASPI compatible host adapter e Provides a GUI e Multiple adapter drive selection e Multiple LUNs e Wide 16 bit SCSI e Provides automatic error retry e Provides on screen display of time elapsed 6 6 1 2 Description This utility allows you to low level format SCSI hard disk drives that are connected to LSI Logic PCI to SCSI host adapters
95. This device is working properly If any other messages appear continue with the steps below to get more information about the problem Click on the Driver tab for Windows 95 Or Press Driver File Details for Windows 98 Two entries should appear one for the INF file and one for the MPD file The INF file does not contain embedded version information so the File Details are all Not Available Select the MPD file The file version of the driver appears Click Cancel to leave the Host Adapter Properties dialog box Click on the Performance tab A list of performance attributes appears Below the list you should see the message Your system is configured for optimal performance If any other messages appear select each message and click on the Details button This provides more information on why Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved the system is not performing optimally and methods to correct the problem If you do not encounter any problems the new driver is operating properly Otherwise consult Section 3 4 Troubleshooting for additional information 3 4 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are During installation no SCSI devices are found e Ensure that all devices are powered on and terminated correctly e Check that no devices have duplicate SCSI IDs e Make sure INTA is as
96. User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number 14020 A LSI8751SP PCI to Ultra SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14016 A LSI8751SPE PCI to Ultra SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14023 A LSI8751D PCI to SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14011 A LSI8951U PCI to Ultra2 SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14019 A LSI8952U PCI to Ultra2 SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14002 B LSI8953U PCI to Ultra2 SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14036 A LS122801 Dual Channel PCI to Ultra SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14017 A LS122802 PCI to Dual Channel SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 2 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14012 A LS122910 Dual Channel PCI to Ultra2 SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14018 A LS122915A PCI to Dual Channel Ultra160 SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 2 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14068 LSI21002 PCI to Dual Channel SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14001 A LSI21003 PCI to Dual Channel SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 0 LSI Logic Corp
97. Verifying Correct Driver Installation 3 3 4 Verifying Correct Driver Installation After installing or updating the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers LSI Logic recommends that you verify the operation of these drivers Follow these steps to verify the correct driver has been installed Step 1 Check that all devices on the SCSI bus are available by using the Windows Explorer option called My Computer Step 2 Double click on the My Computer icon All CD ROMs available appear here Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me 3 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Check the SCSI hard drives entry in the Device Manager Click on the Start button Select Settings gt Control Panel Double click on the System icon Click on the Device Manager tab Check that no host adapter appears with a yellow or red symbol under the SCSI controllers entry If none you have completed the verifying process or If there is continue with the steps below to help determine the problem Either double click on the SCSI controllers entry or click once on the plus sign to the left of it One entry for each host adapter installed in the system appears Select an entry and then click on the Properties button The Device Status message should read
98. Windows NT either double click the file in Windows Explorer File Manager or Type REGEDIT SYMNO_AR REG at the command prompt This inserts a registry entry that disables the auto request sense feature The system must be rebooted for this change to take effect Step 2 To re enable the auto request sense feature use the SYM_AUTO REG file and perform one of the update methods as described in the preceding paragraph Problems with certain SCSI devices when using an Ultra SCSI adapter Some SCSI devices do not function properly when the adapter attempts to negotiate Ultra SCSI transfer rates If a device is not operating properly check the transfer speed setting using the SDMS 4 XX SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility press Ct r1 c when the LSI Logic SDMS PCI BIOS banner appears during the system boot process Devices that do not support Ultra SCSI should be set to a maximum of 10 Mbytes s for 8 bits or 20 Mbytes s for 16 bits Problems with Ultra SCSI devices using Ultra SCSI protocol e If the system is configured with an LSI Logic host adapter that supports Ultra SCSI and an Ultra SCSI device is on the SCSI bus intermittent problems and possible system crashes can occur if the SCSI bus cable and terminators do not conform to the Ultra SCSI specification e Disable Ultra SCSI support for all devices using the SDMS 4 XX SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility press Ct r1 c when the LSI Logic PCI SCSI BIOS banner appears
99. YM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD QTAG 0 lt 0 3 gt To set the queue depth to 5 for all devices on host adapter number 2 the line in the CONFIG Sys file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD QT 5 lt 2 gt WIDTH Determines the value given in the command line option for the size of data or transfers Devices attached to a SCSI bus are narrow or wide devices Narrow W devices transfer data one byte or 8 bits at a time Wide devices transfer two bytes or 16 bits at a time Syntax WIDTH n lt hba id gt n lt hba id gt where n 8 or 16 Two examples illustrate how to use this option To have the device at ID 3 on host adapter number 0 treated as a narrow device the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD WIDTH 8 lt 0 3 gt To have all devices on host adapter number 2 treated as 8 bit devices the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD W 8 lt 2 gt 7 16 OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 5 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are You cannot access the SCSI device s Make sure the SCSI device driver is installed properly Make sure each device has power Verify that the appro
100. YS d lt name gt h gt SCSIDISK SYS h gt HIMEM SYS h gt EMM386 SYS dd the following lines if CD ROM support is required SES ee Sey aa EY EVICE lt pa Step 3 EVICE lt pa EVICE lt pa h gt ASPI8XX SYS h gt SYMCD SYS d lt name gt D D Step 4 Add the following line to the AUTOEXEC BAT file DEVICE lt path gt MSCDEX d lt name gt Note The d is not a drive letter designation it indicates the name you wish assigned to your CD ROM You must include the NAME which can be any combination of up to 8 characters 12 3 Installing Drivers for NetWare This section provides installation instructions for new and existing NetWare systems 12 3 1 New NetWare 5 XX Installations This section provides the instructions for new NetWare 5 XX installations Read the steps before beginning the installation to familiarize yourself with this procedure Step 1 Begin the file server installation according to the instructions in the file server installation chapter in the Novell NetWare Installation Manual The NetWare installation procedure prompts you for a Disk Driver 12 6 NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Insert the SDMS NWPA drivers diskette into drive A or B Press the INS key twice to select an unlisted driver
101. _HI MPD for Windows 95 98 Me 3 3 SYM_HI SYS for Windows NT 4 5 performance tuning Windows NT 4 0 4 13 port number description 2 8 4 24 power management feature spindown option 6 16 preparing a driver diskette installing NT ASPI 4 34 installing SCSI tools for Windows 95 98 3 21 installing Windows 2000 ASPI 5 20 presentation manager GUI 7 1 primary partitions drive letters 6 22 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Q queue tags description 2 16 4 27 R read write I O time out 4 27 rebuilding the kernel SCO UNIX 8 15 reconfiguring driver options Netware drivers 12 9 registry adding entries 4 13 to 4 15 4 18 adding Windows 95 98 Me drivers 3 5 removable media support description 2 10 restore defaults description 2 11 2 16 2 21 S SCAM support description 4 25 Windows 95 98 Me 3 16 Windows NT 4 25 scan for device at boot time description 4 27 scan for SCSI logical units description 4 27 scan ID description 2 15 scan LUNs description 2 15 scan order description 4 25 SCO OpenServer 5 X activating the UNIX kernel 8 16 adding a SCSI CD ROM 8 13 to 8 15 adding a SCSI disk drive 8 10 to 8 11 adding a SCSI tape drive 8 11 to 8 13 boot disk 8 2 BTLD boot time loadable driver 8 1 creating the BTLD diskette 8 4 to 8 6 device driver description 8 4 features 8 2 existing system installation 8 8 to 8 10 handbook providing details on UNIX installation 8 7 kernel adding host adapter
102. a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS Windows 2000 drivers The SYMC8xx SYS driver is named Symbios 53C8XX PCI SCSI Driver for driver installation It supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 e LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP e LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LS18251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD e LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 e LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751D e LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 e LSI53C885 e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U The syYM HI SYS driver is named Symbios PCI High Performance Driver for driver installation It supports the following device and its associated LSI Logic host adapters LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 The SYM_895A driver is named Symbios 895A 8953U PCI SCSI Driver for driver installation It supports the following device and its associated LSI Logic host adapter LSI53C895A LSI8953U Introduction 5 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The SYM_U3 SYS driver is named Symbios Ultra3 PCI SCSI Driver for driver installation It supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C01010 LSI21040 LSI22915A LSI22903
103. access to SCSI devices the other method would be to use SCSI pass through commands Typical of these types of applications are utility programs that investigate and explore SCSI devices or applications such as CD ROM mastering software and scanner applications SDMS NT ASPI is comprised of two modules a user mode DLL and a kernel mode device driver The DLL mode passes commands and makes requests to the kernel mode device driver which in turn interfaces with the Windows NT operating system for execution of the request A current version of NT ASPI can be downloaded from the LSI Logic Web site http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Utilities for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download NT ASPI 4 8 3 Installing NT ASPI To install the NT ASPI software you execute an InstallShield setup program If you obtained the software from the LSI Logic web site it is within a selfextracting zip file Expand the zip file to install the software into a directory on your hard disk drive or to a diskette and then run SETUP EXE If you obtained the software from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM run the SETUP EXE program directly from CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS NTASPI The setup program installs
104. achine by typing at the command prompt touch reconfigure reboot Step 12 If you have not already done so turn off your system add the new hardware and turn on your system again Step 13 At the lt lt Current Boot Parameters gt gt prompt type by r to force reconfiguration of the machine When the Solaris operating environment is finished booting and running the new devices whose drivers that you installed are available for use To verify the version number for the Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 symhis1 driver type at the prompt modinfo grep sym After entering this command the system will display the version number 10 4 Troubleshooting 10 12 The Solaris operating system may display some informational or potential error messages that may be preceded by a warning message In the message descriptions below the SYMHISL lt n gt signifies that lt n gt can be replaced by a number assigned to it by the operating system That value Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved helps to identify the SCSI bus that is reporting the error The lt s gt and lt x gt marks are placeholders for strings and numbers that the system will display SYMHISL lt n gt This hardware not supported by this driver The symhis1 driver has been told to control an LSI53C 895A LSI53C896 LSI53C1000 or LSI53C1010 controller If the hardware is made by a manufacturer othe
105. age into object code Refers to the way a computer is set up the combined hardware components computer monitor keyboard and peripheral devices that make up a computer system or the software settings that allow the hardware components to communicate with each other Central Processing Unit The brain of the computer that performs the actual computations The term microprocessor is also used Cyclic Redundancy Check is an error detection code used in Ultra160 SCSI Four bytes are transferred with the data to increase the reliability of data transfers CRC is used on the Double Transition DT Data In and DT Data Out phases Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved D Device Driver Differential SCSI DMA DMA Bus Master DMI Domain Validation Double Transition Clocking E EISA External SCSI Device Fast SCSI File A software program designed to drive or operate a peripheral device through a specific operating system It is operating system and device dependent A hardware configuration for connecting SCSI devices It uses a pair of lines for each signal transfer as opposed to single ended SCSI which references each SCSI signal to a common ground Direct Memory Access The ability of an I O system to transfer data to and from a memory subsystem without CPU intervention A feature that allows a peripheral to control the flow
106. allation 10 1 Introduction 10 1 1 Features 10 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 10 1 3 Description 10 2 Building the SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette 10 2 1 For UNIX System Users 10 2 2 For DOS System Users 10 3 Installing the SDMS Solaris Driver 10 3 1 New System Installation 10 3 2 Existing System Installation 10 4 Troubleshooting Linux Device Driver Installation 11 1 Introduction 11 1 1 Features 11 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 11 1 3 Description 11 1 4 Upgrading your Linux Driver During Installation 11 2 Installing Your Linux Driver 11 3 Troubleshooting NetWare Device Driver Installation 12 1 Introduction 12 1 1 Features 12 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 12 1 3 Description 12 1 4 Supporting NWPA ASPI 12 2 Using NWPA NetWare Drivers 12 2 1 Preparing an SDMS NWPA Driver Diskette 12 2 2 Preparing your System for NWPA Drivers 12 3 Installing Drivers for NetWare 12 3 1 New NetWare 5 XX Installations 12 3 2 New NetWare 4 XX Installations 12 3 3 Upgrading to Symmetric Multiprocessing SMP 12 3 4 Reconfiguring Driver Options Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 1 10 2 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 6 10 11 10 12 11 1 11 2 ita 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 9 121 i22 12 3 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 5 123 12 6 12 6 ler 12 8 12 9 12 4 Using the Command Line Options 12 4 1 12 4 2 Information Option NetWare NWPA Driver Customizable Options 12 5 Important Additional
107. and will not complete booting from a non SCSI hard disk drive Refer to the drive manufacturer s user manual The computer locks up and will not complete booting from a SCSI hard disk drive If the SCSI BIOS is seen during boot a banner similar to the following appears LSI Logic Corp Symbios SDMS IM v4 0 PCI SCSI BIOS PCI Rev 2 0 2 1 Copyright 1995 2001 LSI Logic Corp DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 1 Is the SCSI BIOS seen during boot YES Go to 2 NO Power down all units in the system Remove all SCSI cables Boot system Is the SCSI BIOS seen during boot YES Power down all units in the systems Reconnect and check all cable and power connections Boot system NO Power down all units in the system Reset the host bus adapter Check CMOS setup Boot system Go to 1 2 Does the SCSI BIOS see the bootable SCSI drive When the computer boots SDMS scans the SCSI bus Devices found on the SCSI bus are identified as in the following lines HA ID LUN VENDOR PRODUCT REV 0 2 0 SEAGATE ST31230N 0060 0 7 0 LSI Logic LSI53C815 0003 YES Goto 3 NO Power down all units in the system Make sure the hard drives have different ID numbers boot drive should have the lowest ID Make sure both ends of the SCSI bus are terminated Check all cable and power connections Check CMOS setup Boot system Go to 1 3 If booting is still unsucce
108. appears The Wizard provides a choice between having this utility search for a better driver than the one in use or displaying a list of drivers from a specific location Choose search and click on the Next button The next window allows you to specify which device s are searched such as a floppy diskette CD ROM or to specify a precise path Select Floppy disk drive only then click on the Next button The next window queries you about utilizing the currently installed driver Mark Install one of the other drivers then click on the View List button Next a list of drivers appears from the specified search devices as well as the currently installed driver Highlight the driver of choice and click on the OK button The previous window in Step 12 appears with the selected driver displayed as the driver to be installed Click on the Next button The next window displays the chosen driver along with reference to the designated path to install it in Click on the Next button The Wizard Summary window appears Click on the Finish button When installation has completed the System Settings Change dialog box appears Remove the diskette from the drive and click Yes to restart the computer For Windows Me Step 8 Step 9 Select the radio button that specifies the location of the driver Click on the Next button Another window appears Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me 3 9 Copyright 1993
109. ates the pattern enclosed in the may be repeated OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 7 1 lists the command line options and their descriptions Table 7 1 OS 2 Command Line Options Option Name Description VERBOSE Enables display of a banner version number and SCSI bus information during or start up of the system This option appears on the command line by default N Syntax VERBOSE To see more detailed information displayed when you boot the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SYM8XX ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD VERBOSE or BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V To disable this feature remove this switch from the command line Disables use of the IBM supplied DASD manager OS2DASD DMD for the devices listed The DASD manager supports direct access devices such as hard drives Syntax DM lt hba id gt lt hba id gt To disable OS2DASD DMD for devices on host adapter 0 at target IDs 3 and 5 the line in CONFIG SyYS that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD DM lt 0 3 gt lt 0 5 gt Disables use of the IBM supplied SCSI manager OS2SCSI DMD for the devices listed The SCSI manager supports SCSI tape drives Syntax SM lt hba id gt lt hba id gt To disable OS2SCSI DMD for devices on host adapter 0 at tar
110. ating system UnixWare 7 features include a GUI networking application compatibility multitasking capability and multiuser capability Additionally UnixWare 7 provides multiprocessor support The SDMS C8XX driver allows SCO UnixWare operating systems to interface with SCSI devices connected to an LSI Logic chipset and or LSI Logic host adapter cards The C8XX device driver supports these features e Ultrai160 data transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 e Domain Validation e Parallel Protocol Request PPR negotiation to SCSI 3 devices for Ultra160 double transition data transmission e Easy installation using UnixWare tools PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 9 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Wide negotiation and synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Multiple host adapters Disconnect Reselect Multiple and noncontiguous LUN support Dynamic interrupt mapping Scatter Gather Wide SCSI SCSI pass through functionality Tagged command queuing Multiprocessor support Target Initiated Negotiation TIN NVRAM and NVS Configuration data areas Termination control by using NVRAM settings 9 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 9 2 All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS UnixWare driver The C8XX driv
111. ation This chapter describes the device drivers for the Windows 95 Windows 98 and Windows Me operating systems It provides installation instructions for new and existing system installations and includes these topics e Section 3 1 Introduction page 3 1 e Section 3 2 Using the SYMC8XX SYM_HI SYM_U3 Drivers page 3 4 e Section 3 3 Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me page 3 5 e Section 3 4 Troubleshooting page 3 13 e Section 3 5 Using the Command Line Options page 3 14 e Section 3 6 Using SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 page 3 20 3 1 Introduction Windows 95 Windows 98 and Windows Millennium Edition Me are operating systems designed to run on Intel processors using current technology This chapter refers to Windows 95 Windows 98 and Windows Me as Windows 95 98 Me in many instances Windows 95 98 Me provides a graphical user interface GUI environment incorporating many high level features Refer to the Microsoft Windows 95 98 Me documentation for more details An I O manager handles I O requests by going through the appropriate drivers to address a SCSI peripheral Windows 95 98 Me provides class drivers for hard disk floptical CD ROM printer and scanner peripherals Other class drivers provided by peripheral manufacturers are added to support new devices Microsoft provides the port driver and LSI Logic provides the miniport drivers which are called SYMC8xx MPD SYM_HI M
112. ation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18 Step 19 Select the device controller attached to the device that contains your install medium Press F2_Continue Drivers for the device controller that you selected are displayed Your system boots to run the install program The install program starts and your machine begins booting the complete Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 operating environment Proceed to configure your system when prompted to do so After configuring your system click on the Begin Installation button The message indicated earlier appears now Tf you want to bypass the device configuration and boot screens when the system reboots eject the Device Configuration Assistant Boot diskette now Remove the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette Some time later the following messages appear and prompt you to insert each of the Solaris Driver ITU diskette s required to install into your machine Installing unbundled device driver support Extracting driver list from tree lt ITU diskette name gt driver name Please insert the Driver Update diskette labeled lt ITU diskette name gt Press lt ENTER gt when ready Reinsert the SYMHISL Driver ITU diskette that you inserted earlier into the diskette drive Press Enter Packages and or patches that contain the new drivers are i
113. available below that include the default option along with a list of valid options Each option has a description of when to use it the syntax used and any impact its use may have on the system If you specify an option but the assignment is not valid then the system uses the default value To specify a value place the option s characters on the load command line for the NWPA driver For example if the Wide SCSI Option on the command line option is desired the load command line should look like this load LSI8XXNW HAM wide off or Using the Command Line Options 12 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved load LSIHINW HAM wide off or load LSI_U3NW HAM wide off Note No spaces are allowed within a single command line option but spaces are required between different command line options 12 4 1 Information Option Option s Function Possible Impact Using the Help Mode Option orh Display the options available in the driver The driver will not load with or h specified Specify this option on the command line for a brief description of each of the options available in the driver as well as valid values for each option If you specify the or h option along with other options the system invokes the Help screen and ignores the other options In this case the system does not load the driver 12 4 2 NetWare NWPA Driver Customizable Options 12 10 This section describes option
114. bbreviations Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Index Symbols 1DM OS 2 command 7 11 ISM OS 2 command 7 11 ASK SYMCD command 6 21 SYMDISK command 6 14 DISCONNECT ASPI8XX command 6 8 OS 2 command 7 15 EXCLUDE ASPI8XX command 6 9 OS 2 command 7 12 SYMDISK command 6 14 HOST_ID ASPI8XX command 6 10 NOBCD SYMCD command 6 21 PARITY ASPI8XX command 6 9 OS 2 command 7 15 QTAG OS 2 command 7 16 SPINDOWN SYMDISK command 6 16 SSIZE SYMDISK command 6 15 SYNCH_OFFSET OS 2 command 7 14 SYNCH_RATE ASPI8XX command 6 8 TIMEOUT ASPI8XX command 6 10 OS 2 command 7 14 UNITS SYMDISK command 6 15 UPTOLUN SYMCD command 6 21 VERBOSE ASPI8XX command 6 11 OS 2 command 7 11 WIDTH ASPI8XX command 6 7 OS 2 command 7 16 A accept description 4 23 adapter description 2 8 2 19 adapter properties menu 2 9 adapter settings menu host SCSI ID 4 25 parity 4 25 SCAM support 4 25 scan order 4 25 adapter setup menu enabling SCAM 3 16 to 3 17 alternate CHS mapping description 2 11 ASPI for Win32 specifications 4 33 ASPI support loading ASPI manager 6 28 NetWare 12 4 Windows 2000 5 20 Windows 95 98 Me 3 20 Windows NT 4 0 4 33 to 4 34 ASPI8XX command line options ASK 6 7 DISCONNECT 6 8 EXCLUDE 6 9 HOST_ID 6 10 NORST 6 7 PARITY 6 9 SYNC_RATE 6 8 TIMEOUT 6 10 VERBOSE 6 11 WIDTH 6 7 ASPI8XX SYS DOS device driver description 6 6 features
115. be accessed by using switches on the command line in the CONFIG SYS file Values are applied in the following order e Manufacturer s settings e SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility changes e Command line options For the SYM8XX ADD driver When applying new values using the command line options changes in synchronous and wide negotiations may only decrease speed or reduce width Any changes that attempt to increase speed or width are ignored Using Command Line Options 7 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 10 For the SYM_HI ADD driver When applying new values using the command line options all changes in synchronous and wide negotiations are accepted The options available using command line switches are described later The SYM8XX ADD driver is used in all examples SYM_HI ADD may be substituted for SYM8XX ADD with identical results The hba represents the logical number of a host adapter as displayed by the Verbose option in the column headed HBA This is not the SCSI ID of the host adapter Use an hba value with no id following it to indicate all devices on an adapter The idrepresents a SCSI target ID on the indicated adapter To indicate all devices on a host adapter do not use the SCSI ID of the host adapter for the id value Instead use the hba value as indicated in the preceding paragraph The following conventions are also used indicates optional information indic
116. before adding the new driver Select OK when the Remove Driver message prompts Are you sure you want to remove this driver Another message may appear saying The SCSI Adapter has been marked as a boot device If so click on the OK button Click Add A list of installed adapters appears Click on the Have Disk button Installing Drivers for Windows NT 4 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 The system prompts for the manufacturer supplied hardware support disk Insert the appropriate SDMS driver diskette containing the Windows NT driver which was created in Section 4 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette This driver is required to support your LSI Logic adapter s Enter or type the path to copy manufacturer s files from A WINNT MINIPORT Select OK Depending on the driver being installed either Symbios PCI 53C8XX Symbios PCI High Performance Driver Or Symbios Ultra3 PCI SCSI Driver is shown highlighted on the Install Driver menu If it is not highlighted select it Choose OK At this point the following message may occur The driver s for this SCSI Adapter are already on the system Do you want to use the currently installed driver s or install new one s Selecting Current uses the driver already on the system and selecting New uses the driver on the diskette Choose New unless
117. ceding step The system prompts for the SCSI bus number of the CD ROM LSI Logic host adapters support one bus per adapter Press Enter to get the default of zero 0 or type 0 The system prompts for the SCSI ID of the CD ROM drive Type the SCSI ID number and press Enter The system prompts for the LUN of the CD ROM drive Type the desired LUN and press Enter or press Enter for the default value of zero The system prompts to update the SCSI Configuration file Type y and press Enter SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 A system prompt appears to configure a CD ROM or tape installation device Unless this is desired type n and press Enter A system prompt appears to add a High Sierra file system Type y and press Enter The system displays the High Sierra ISO9600 file system Configuration Program menu Select option 1 to add High Sierra and press Enter The system updates the SCSI Configuration file and returns to the CD ROM Configuration Program menu Type qand press Enter to terminate the CD ROM Configuration Program menu A system prompt appears to create a new kernel Type y if only one device or this is the last device or Type n if additional devices are to be added later Go to Section 8 3 2 4 Rebuilding the Kernel if you replied y return to Section
118. cific LSI Logic family of host adapters PCI Bus Information Indicates the PCI bus number range 0x00 0xFF 0 255 decimal assigned by the system BIOS to an adapter Dev Func Information Indicates the PCI Device Function assigned by the system BIOS to an adapter An 8 bit value is mapped as follows Bit 76543210 Bits 7 3 Device range 0x00 0x1F 0 31 decimal Bits 2 0 Function range 0 7 Boot Order Configuration 0 to 3 Indicates the relative boot order 0 to 3 of the listed adapter The SDMS SCSI BIOS traverses up to four adapters in the specified order in search of bootable media Current Status Information Indicates whether an adapter in the boot list was enabled during the most recent boot The SDMS SCSI BIOS ignores disabled adapters and their attached devices although they are still visible to the configuration utility Next Boot Configuration On Off Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Indicates whether to enable an adapter upon the next boot The SDMS SCSI BIOS ignores disabled adapters and their attached devices although they are still visible to the configuration utility 2 19 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 4 5 Global Properties Menu The Global Properties menu allows you to view boot information and to set display and video modes Figure 2 6 illustrates the Global Properties menu Table 2 6 lists
119. control or is reserved for control by non LSI Logic software Below the header area of the Main menu the Boot Adapter List and Global Properties options are available for you to configure their host adapters The Boot Adapter List allows selection and ordering of boot adapters Global Properties allow changes to global scope settings Refer to Section 2 4 4 Boot Adapter List Menu page 2 17 and Section 2 4 5 Global Properties Menu page 2 20 for more detailed information SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 4 2 Adapter Properties Menu The Adapter Properties menu allows you to view and modify adapter settings and SCSI devices connected to it It also provides access to an adapter s device settings To display this menu select a device under Adapter field on the Main menu and press Enter Figure 2 2 illustrates the Adapter Properties menu Figure 2 2 Adapter Properties Menu LSI Logic SDMS TM PCI SCSI Configuration Utility Version PCI 4 Xx 00 Adapter Properties Adapter PCI Dev Bus Func 5ICIO5 0 60 lt Device Properties gt SCSI Bercley Yes Host SCSI ID 7 SCSI Bus Scan Order Low to High 0 Max Removable Media Support None CHS Mapping SCSI Plug and Play Mapping Spinup Delay Secs Z Secondary Cluster No server Termination Control Auto lt Restore Defaults gt F1 Help ArrowKeys Select Item
120. current I Os from the default of 32 will use increasing amounts of nonpaged pool memory High values for this setting can degrade system performance Reboot the system for the new registry setting to be effective To reset the guaranteed number of concurrent I Os to the default of 32 follow the instructions above and use the SYMDEFIO REG data file 4 4 2 1 Auto Request Sense Enabling and Disabling Auto Request Sense is found in Section 4 5 Troubleshooting 4 4 3 Disk Mirroring This section applies only to Intel x86 platforms where the SDMS 4 XX SCSI BIOS is used The SDMS 4 XX SCSI BIOS loads only one image into system memory at boot time regardless of how many host adapters are used in the system All of the disk drives on all host adapters are recognized through the INT13h function call Due to this implementation disk mirroring under Windows NT needs to be done if it is desired Disk mirroring allows booting from the mirrored partition in case the primary partition fails Note These instructions may be different from Microsoft documentation To create an NT Fault Tolerant FT diskette follow these instructions Step 1 Format a diskette in drive A using NT File Manager or Windows Explorer for use as a FT boot floppy Step 2 Copy NTLDR NIDETECT COM and BOOT INI from the root directory of the primary partition to this diskette Step 3 Temporarily remove the read only attribute of the BOOT
121. d in the WINDOWS SYSTEM IOSUBSYS directory For Windows 95 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Click on the Change Driver button Even though you may have previously installed the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers proceed to click on the Have Disk button to install a newer version Insert the SDMS driver diskette in drive A or B the one prepared in Section 3 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette and click OK If using drive B you must select it from the pick list The Select Device dialog box should display Symbios 8xx PCI SCSI Host Adapter where 8xx matches the installed adapter Click on the OK button The Driver tab is updated to display the new driver files Click on the OK button to install these drivers Do not click on the Change Driver button The system copies the driver files and builds a new driver database For Windows 98 The Update Device Driver Wizard starts and provides several windows with choices Follow the steps below to correctly install the device driver for Windows 98 Step 8 Click on the Change Driver button Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Click on the Next button after the Intro window
122. dditional Information page 12 16 12 1 Introduction The SDMS NWPA drivers for the Novell NetWare operating system allow you to utilize an LSI Logic SCSI controller or processor These NWPA drivers along with a SCSI controller or processor and an appropriate Custom Device Module CDM provide a SCSI solution within the NetWare environment LSI Logic provides three drivers for the Novell NetWare versions 4 XX and 5 XX environments This document explains how to install and use the NWPA SCSI Host Adapter Module HAM drivers for NetWare PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 12 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 12 1 1 Features 12 2 The SDMS NWPA drivers for NetWare support these features Ultra160 data transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 Domain Validation for LSI_U3NW HAM driver only Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Multiple host adapters Multiple Logical Unit Numbers LUNs Large LUNs larger than 7 844 Gbytes Disconnect Reconnect Tagged command queuing Simple and ordered queue tags Scatter Gather Shared interrupts Wide SCSI SE and differential SDMS BIOS 4 XX or earlier with ASPT8xx SYS version 4 10 or greater SDMS BIOS 4 18 without ASPT8xx SYS SDMS DOS 4 XX drivers Target Initiated Negotiation TIN wide and synchronous SCSI Magneto Optical MO devices by using NetWare s SCSIMO CDM In conj
123. dialog box appears Step 10 Click Yes to restart the computer After the system reboots SCAM is enabled for the selected adapter To disable SCAM delete the entry that was made above If other entries exist be sure to leave them intact 3 5 4 Disabling Domain Validation Support When the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD driver is installed support for Domain Validation is enabled Domain Validation is a feature of the adapter where the data transfer speed between the adapter and each target is tested at system boot If the test fails the data transfer speed is reduced and the test is repeated until a supported data transfer speed is found However some older SCSI devices do not properly support the standard SCSI commands used during this testing resulting in the system not booting or a device not available To allow these devices to operate properly you can disable the Domain Validation feature by using the Device Manager for all adapters controlled by the respective driver or by using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility on a per device basis Using the Command Line Options 3 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 18 To disable Domain Validation support for all adapters controlled by the SYMC8XX Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 PD SYM_HI MPD Or SYM_U3 MPD driver fo
124. dows 95 98 Me 3 13 to 3 14 Windows NT 4 17 to 4 19 U Ultra SCSI devices problems with 3 13 Ultra SCSI protocol 3 4 4 6 Ultra2 SCSI protocol 3 4 4 6 UNIX kernel rebuilding and activating 8 16 relinking 8 9 UNIX system users building BTLD driver diskette 8 5 building C8XX driver diskette 9 3 IX 6 UnixWare 7 creating the C8XX driver diskette 9 3 device driver description 9 3 existing system installation 9 6 to 9 7 features 9 1 LSI Logic devices supported 9 2 new system installation 9 5 to 9 6 rebuilding the kernel 9 7 troubleshooting 9 8 V verification for new BIOS installations 6 33 verify description 2 16 DOS utility 6 28 verifying correct driver Windows 95 98 Me 3 11 video mode description 2 21 virtual DMA services VDS 6 1 Ww width option description 4 27 Windows 2000 creating fault tolerant floppy 5 12 to 5 13 device drivers description 5 5 features 5 2 disk mirroring 5 12 existing system installation 5 7 to 5 9 installing ASPI 5 20 INT13h function call 5 12 large block size support 5 10 LSI Logic devices supported 5 3 maximum number of concurrent I Os 5 11 new system installation 5 6 to 5 7 performance tuning 5 10 preparing an SDMS driver diskette 5 4 troubleshooting 5 14 Windows 95 98 ASPI support 3 20 installing SCSI tools 3 21 Windows 95 98 Me ASPI8XX SYS 3 6 3 10 auto request sense 3 15 bundled driver 3 5 class drivers 3 1 device drivers description 3 3 features 3 2 enabling disabli
125. drivers Locate this program on the SDMS Software Device Driver and Utilities CD ROM in this directory CD ROM DRIVE LETTER UTILITY DOS Please note that SYMDISK SYS is required only if you are formatting removable media drivers ASPI8XX SYS SYMDISK SYS 6 24 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note Refer to Section 6 2 Using the DOS Installation Utility page 6 3 for further details about creating these drivers Step 6 Also create a CONFIG SYS file to place on this bootable diskette with the single line DEVICE A ASPI8XX SYS If you need SYMDISK SYS include this line DEVICE A SYMDISK SYS Step 7 Boot from this diskette and at the DOS prompt type ASPIFMT and press Enter The recommended minimum memory requirement for this utility is 2 Mbytes You need at least 500 Kbytes of conventional DOS memory and the remainder in extended memory When you run the format utility it scans the SCSI bus for all hard disk and removable media drives Then it generates a display showing the devices found You may select devices from this display for the utility to format It can take from several minutes to several hours depending on the size of the drive to complete the format If the format procedure is aborted for any reason the drive remains unusable until an entire format cycle is completed Ca
126. during the system boot process Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved If the system operates properly without Ultra SCSI enabled it is highly likely that the SCSI bus cable and terminators are not configured correctly for Ultra SCSI Refer to the appropriate LSI Logic Host Adapter User s Guide as listed in the Related Publications section on page v At Ultra3 speed 160 Mbytes s the system hangs waits forever has a long boot time or SCSI device is not available Some older SCSI devices do not tolerate Domain Validation operations At system boot time Domain Validation is performed to test the data integrity of the SCSI bus between the host adapter and each target device With some older SCSI devices these operations can cause the device to stop responding to SCSI commands To resolve this problem disable Domain Validation either for a specific SCSI target or all adapters controlled by the driver To do so follow these steps To disable Domain Validation for a specific SCSI target use the SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to set the Sync Rate to 0 async and the Data Width to 8 This target will now run in async narrow mode and no Domain Validation operations will be performed on it To disable Domain Validation for all host adapters controlled by this driver use the SYMNO_DV REG file supplied with the SDMS Windows NT driver files
127. e To enter a value you must use MB or MT as the syntax For example 5 MB 5 Mbytes 5 MT 5 Mbytes 8 bits or 10 Mbytes 16 bits NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 12 1 Customizable Options for NWPA Drivers Cont Tagged Queuing qtags Syntax gtags lt option gt targetlDlist Default value on Valid options on off Function Enable disable tagged queuing for the devices Enabling the qtags option results in the driver issuing tagged I O requests to the devices that support tagged queuing Tagged queuing may improve I O throughput in devices that support such an option Devices that do not support tagged queuing are not issued tagged requests Depending on the drive controller the use of queue tags increases throughput of the device However the optimal number of queue tags is based on the specific device type Test Unit Ready testready or tur Syntax testready lt option gt targetlDlist Default value on Valid options on off Function Issues a test to ensure unit is ready during initial scan This option allows you to disable issuing a test unit ready during the initial scan to the specified target ID s Verbose verbose Syntax verbose lt option gt targetlDlist Default value off Valid options on off Function Displays more detailed information on options and DOS configuration This option is us
128. e negotiation is required Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved System BIOS T Tape Drive U Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI V Virtual Memory W Wide SCSI Word WORM Controls the low level POST Power On Self Test and basic operation of the CPU and computer system A storage device designed to back up data from another storage device onto magnetic tape at a high rate of speed Data is stored sequentially no random access A standard for SCSI data transfers It allows a transfer rate of up to 20 Mbytes s over an 8 bit SCSI bus and up to 40 Mbytes s over a 16 bit SCSI bus STA SCSI Trade Association supports using the term Ultra SCSI over the term Fast 20 A standard for SCSI data transfers It allows a transfer rate of up to 80 Mbytes s over a 16 bit SCSI bus STA SCSI Trade Association supports using the term Ultra2 SCSI over the term Fast 40 Space on a hard disk that can be used as if it were RAM A SCSI 2 feature allowing 16 or 32 bit transfers on the SCSI bus This dramatically increases the transfer rate over the standard 8 bit SCSI bus A two byte or 16 bit unit of information Write Once Read Many An optical storage device like CD ROM used to permanently store data Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations A 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved A 10 Glossary of Terms and A
129. e LSI Logic SDMS software This document explains the installation of software drivers as they relate to specific operating systems Chapter 1 Using the SDMS Software describes the standard method of interfacing SCSI I O subsystems with devices operating systems and application software Chapter 2 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility describes the SDMS SCSI BIOS and its Configuration Utility which allows modifications or changes to the host adapters It also provides information about the Multilanguage Configuration Utility Chapter 3 Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation describes the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD and SYM_U3 MPD drivers along with installation instructions for new and existing Windows 95 98 systems Chapter 4 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation describes the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers along with installation instructions for new and existing Windows NT systems This chapter also includes Windows NT DMI 2 0 Component Instrumentation information PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide iii Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e Chapter 5 Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation describes the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers along with installation instructions for new and existing Windows 2000 systems This chapter also includes Windows 2000 DMI 2 0 Component Instrumentation information
130. e Master Boot Record of the boot device Use a write protected DOS bootable flex containing virus scanning and cleaning software to check for any viruses on the boot device and remove if any are found A disk drive is recognized as seven different devices when only one is physically connected to the SCSI bus Older SCSI devices that incorrectly indicate that they support multiple LUNs to Windows 2000 usually cause this error e Contact the device manufacturer for a firmware upgrade e Ensure that there are no devices with the same SCSI ID as the host adapter board Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Problems with SCSI devices installation or operation If a SCSI device is not operating properly either the device is not found or a SCSI interface error occurs during scanning it is possible that the third party device drivers do not support the auto request sense feature of LSI Logic host adapters Disable the auto request sense feature as described below and try the device operation again Step 1 To disable the auto request sense feature use the SYMNO_AR REG file Supplied with the SDMS driver installation files Either double click on the file in Windows Explorer or type REGEDIT SYMNO_AR REG at the command prompt This inserts a registry entry that disables the auto request sense feature You must reboot your system for this change to take
131. e adapter configuration may be incorrect and unknown errors may occur Contact your manufacturer for a replacement adapter SYMHISL lt n gt The boot ROM configuration utility has SCAM enabled but this driver is not capable of SCAM Please disable SCAM in the boot ROM Some older versions of the SDMS boot ROM are capable of using the SCAM protocol to assign SCSI IDs The symhisi driver is not capable of using SCAM In order to properly configure your system disable SCAM using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility SYMHISL lt n gt Configuration data is corrupt and will be ignored The configuration data provided by the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility has been determined to be corrupted Run the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to correct this error SYMHISL lt n gt Unknown synchronous value in NVM data lt x gt The symhis1 driver needs to be updated to understand this new synchronous configuration data value Until the driver is updated synchronous mode will be disabled SYMHISL lt n gt Unknown width value in NVM data lt x gt The symhis1 driver needs to be updated to understand this new wide configuration data value Until the driver is updated wide mode will be disabled Troubleshooting 10 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 16 SYMHISL lt n gt Manufacturing data is corrupt and will be ignored The manufacturer configuration data has been found to be corrupt Contact y
132. e driver on the SDMS driver diskette is displayed Click on the Next button 5 8 Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 12 A list of suitable drivers appears The entry for the upgrade driver can be verified by scrolling the display to the right and viewing the Location field Highlight the driver for the upgrade installation disk and click on the Next button In some cases a message will state that this driver is not digitally signed This message informs you that a nonsigned driver is being installed Note Drivers are digitally signed by the Microsoft Windows Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Hardware Quality Lab WHQL Due to the time lag between the general customer release by LSI Logic of Windows drivers and the completion of WHQL testing some drivers that are distributed with adapters or downloaded from the LSI Logic Web site may not be digitally signed Click No to cancel the installation if the nonsigned driver is not desired or click Yes to continue the installation The system loads the driver from the SDMS driver diskette A message box may appear indicating that the target existing driver is newer than the source upgrade driver Click No to cancel the driver upgrade at this point or click Yes to continue the installation The system copies the driver to the system disk For any adapter other than the boot adapter the updat
133. e from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM run the SETUP EXE program directly from CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS W2KASPI The setup program installs the Windows 2000 ASPI files into the proper directories as well as making the appropriate registry entries After installing the software you must reboot the computer There are no command line options with the Windows 2000 ASPI software 5 7 Using SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 5 7 1 Features 5 20 SDMS SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 is a software support utility for x86 platforms It provides a mechanism for examining host adapters and SCSI devices within the Windows 2000 environment The SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 support these features e Examination of SCSI device parameters e Power management e Disk cache management Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 7 2 Installing SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 If your system already has SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 follow the instructions for running the InstallShield setup program Otherwise the SDMS ASPI utility must be installed first before installing this SCSI Tools package Refer to Section 5 6 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 To install the SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 software you execute an InstallShield setup program If you obtained the software from the LSI Logic web site it is in the form of a self ex
134. e left of it Select the PCI SCSI Bus Controller entry and click the Properties button Click on the Driver button Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved A message should state that no drivers are installed for this device Step 8 Click on the Change Driver button Step 9 Select SCSI Controllers in the Select Hardware Type dialog box Step 10 Click on the Have Disk button in the Select Device dialog box Step 11 Insert the SDMS driver diskette in drive A or B and click OK If using drive B you must select it from the pick list Step 12 The Select Device dialog box should display Symbios 8xx PCI SCSI Host Adapter where 8xx matches the installed adapter Click on the OK button The Driver tab is updated to display the new driver files Step 13 Click on the OK button to install these driver files Do not click on the Change Driver button The system copies the driver files and builds a new driver database The System Settings Change dialog box appears Ignore the message saying to turn off your computer and change hardware settings Step 14 Remove the diskette from the drive and click on the Yes button to shut down the computer Step 15 Press the Ctrl Alt Delete keys or the system reset button to restart the system At this point the new driver is operational To confirm this refer to Section 3 3 4
135. ear in the mscsi file e Directory etc conf pack d slha should exist and contain the files Driver o and space c SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 4 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are Loading SCO UNIX to an IDE hard drive You only need to ink if you have a SCSI device attached to an LSI Logic host adapter Follow the instructions in the SCO UNIX Installation documentation Once the installation has completed go to Step 1 in Section 8 3 2 Existing System Installation and use the installpkg to install your SDMS driver A SCSI device is not found e Reboot and press ctr1 c to view the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility e Verify the device is on the correct host adapter and ID e If the device is not shown then it is probably turned off or a cabling problem exists UNIX system behaves unreliably after a configuration change Whenever the hardware or software configuration is altered you must rebuild the kernel Go to the directory etc conf cf d and type link_unix to rebuild the kernel An error message occurs during the rebuild of the kernel e Reinstall the proper SDMS driver using the installpkg utility Remember to relink the kernel e Reboot the system Troubleshooting 8 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 18 The root disk is not found o
136. ears Figure 4 5 illustrates this menu Figure 4 5 Domain Validation Menu Domain Validation Current Negotiated Settings Help Sync Bus Rate Width 0 Quantum Atlas 40 16 1 Dev1 N A N A N A 2 Dev2 N A N A N A 3 IBM DDRS 3 80 16 4 Dev4 N A N A N A 5 Dev5 N A N A N A 6 Dev6 N A N A N A LSI53C895 N A N A The displayed values reflect the current negotiated synchronous speed and bus width settings between the driver SYM_U3 SYS and the individual SCSI devices attached to the selected host adapter These values may be different than those displayed in the Device Settings menu as those values are the starting values to be used during negotiations Double clicking on the Adapter entry will have no effect 4 28 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 6 2 6 Test Selection Menu When you double click on a device in the Domain Validation Current Negotiated Settings menu the Test Selection menu appears The Sync Speed and Bus Width values are preset to the current negotiated settings of the selected device Figure 4 6 illustrates the Test Selections menu Figure 4 6 Test Selections Menu Test Selections Help Code Defs Adjustments Sync Speed MB s 40 Bus Width in bits 0 16 LVD Driver Signal Nominal Req Ack Skew Nominal Data Pattern 0x00000000 Test Procedures Status code Back to Back Inquiries Write Read Buffers St
137. ed correctly for Ultra160 SCSI See the LSI Logic host adapter user s guide for information on Ultra160 SCSI cabling requirements At Ultra160 speed 160 Mbytes s system hangs has long boot time or SCSI device not available Some older SCSI devices do not tolerate Domain Validation operations At system boot time Domain Validation is performed to test the data integrity of the SCSI bus between the host adapter and each target device With some older SCSI devices these operations can cause the device to stop responding to SCSI commands Disable Domain Validation either for a specific SCSI target or all adapters controlled by the driver by following these steps Step 1 To disable Domain Validation for a specific SCSI target use the SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to set the Sync Rate to 0 async and the Data Width to 8 This target will run in async narrow mode and no Domain Validation operations will be performed on it Step 2 To disable Domain Validation for all host adapters controlled by this driver use the SYMNO_DV REG file Supplied with the SDMS driver files Either double click on the file in Windows Explorer or My Computer or type REGEDIT SYMNO_DV REG at the command prompt This inserts a registry entry that disables Domain Validation operations You must reboot your system for this change to take effect Step 3 To re enable the Domain Validation feature use the file SYM_DOMV REG a
138. ed driver becomes active immediately For the boot adapter a message box displays indicating that you must reboot your system for the new driver to take effect Click on the Finish button to complete the driver upgrade When upgrading the driver on a multiple SCSI channel adapter both channels of the adapter should be upgraded before the system is rebooted Failure to do this can result in the upgraded driver being replaced by the original existing driver Installing Drivers for Windows 2000 5 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 4 Performance Tuning for Windows 2000 Windows 2000 has registry entries that can be used to improve the performance of SCSI I O for certain configurations The tunable parameters are large transfer block size support and a guaranteed number of concurrent I Os for a particular SCSI bus Important Registry files for the SyMC8xx SYS SYM_HI SyYS and SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SyS drivers begin with SYMXXXXX REG 5 4 1 Large Block Size Support 5 10 The SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SyS drivers can support up to a 1 Mbyte transfer size in Windows 2000 however the default transfer size is limited to 64 Kbytes To enable a larger transfer size an entry must be added to the registry using the file SyM_256K REG This file sets a 256 Kbytes maximum but it can be edited to set other desired maximum transfer sizes Important Be sure to read the
139. eed 4 14 Windows NT 4 0 only guarantees a maximum of 32 concurrent I Os active on a particular SCSI bus However due to the method of memory allocation the actual limit of concurrent I Os can vary greatly between various drivers or versions of drivers This can have a huge impact on performance benchmarking between different driver versions or adapter vendors In effect one adapter may actually be able to have 70 or 80 I Os outstanding while another adapter could only have 32 This can affect systems with high performance storage subsystems such as disk arrays Important Be sure to read the information in the SYM1001I0 REG data file before editing it In order to have a guaranteed number of concurrent I Os an entry must be added to the registry using the SYM10010 REG file for the SDMS miniport drivers Choose one of two methods to add this registry setting 1 Locate the SYM10010 REG data file supplied with the driver files using Windows Explorer and double click on the file or 2 Type at the command prompt REGEDIT SYM10010 REG This inserts an entry in the registry to guarantee a maximum of 100 concurrent I Os per adapter If a maximum other than 100 is desired the SYM10010 REG file can be edited The system administrator should be aware that increasing the Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved number of con
140. effect Step 2 To re enable the auto request sense feature use the SYM_AUTO REG file and perform one of the update methods described in the preceding paragraph Problems with certain SCSI devices when using an Ultra SCSI adapter Some SCSI devices do not function properly when the adapter attempts to negotiate Ultra SCSI transfer rates If a device is not operating properly check the transfer speed setting using the SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility press Ctr1 c when the SDMS PCI SCSI BIOS banner appears during the system boot process Devices that do not support Ultra SCSI should be set to a maximum of 10 Mbytes s for 8 bits and 20 Mbytes s for 16 bits Problems with Ultra160 SCSI devices using Ultra160 SCSI protocol If the system is configured with an LSI Logic host adapter that supports Ultra160 SCSI and an Ultra160 SCSI device is on the SCSI bus intermittent problems and possible system crashes can occur if the SCSI bus cable and terminators do not conform to the Ultra160 SCSI specification e To disable Ultra160 SCSI support for all devices use the SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility press Ctr1 c when the SDMS PCI BIOS banner appears during the system boot process Troubleshooting 5 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e If the system operates properly without Ultra160 SCSI enabled it is highly likely that the SCSI bus cable and terminators are not configur
141. eful when multiple adapters are present in the system and the PCI Device ID the PCI Bus number and the PCI Device Function number for each adapter needs to be known Width SCSI width or wide or wid Syntax width lt option gt targetlDlist Default value on Valid options narrow wide off on 8 16 Function Enable Disable support of wide SCSI Possible Impact No wide SCSI support available The wide SCSI option allows you to disable support of a wide SCSI operation when using a wide SCSI controller Set this option to narrow off or 8 to disable a wide SCSI device that is present on the system For example you would disable it when an 8 bit SCSI cable is connected somewhere on the bus between the wide SCSI host adapter and the wide device thus prohibiting the transfer of wide data When you disable this option the wide device still works but all data transferred to or from the device is narrow 8 bit The driver does not initiate a wide SCSI transfer request negotiation Using the Command Line Options 12 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 12 5 Important Additional Information This section provides information regarding specific driver options and various DOS dependencies 12 5 1 Specific Driver Options This document addresses options available on the SDMS NWPA HAM drivers versions 4 02 00 or later For information pertaining to a specific driver please do one o
142. el 2 2 14 5 2 2 15 2 2 16 and 2 2 17 Support for the LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 is bundled in 2 4 18 1 Obtain patches for driver versions that are stored in tarball format lt driver version gt 2 2 13 tar gz from either the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM from this directory CD ROM Mount Point drivers unixes linux c8xx driver or by anonymous ftp from ftp ftp lsil com HostAdapterDrivers linux 2 For FTP download the tarball for the kernel of interest by typing these instructions ftp gt cd 8xx driver ftp gt binary ftp gt get lt driver version gt 2 2 13 tar gz ftp gt quit 3 Extract the patch files from the tarball tar xzvf lt driver versions gt 2 2 13 tar gz Linux Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The newly created directory 2 2 13 will contain readme 2 2 13 ftp A listing of the driver version versus patch number script 2 2 13 A shell script that can be executed to apply the patches in the correct order files in the format all on one line patch ncr53C8xx s lt setno gt d lt patches gt lt extension gt lt kernelversion gt gz These files are generated with diff u and compressed using gzip Typically all patches are applied in order beginning with the lowest set and patch number Some patches have an additional extension of dri or sys to indicate that they are patches to the d
143. em bootup about loading the ASPI8xx Sys driver Activate this option by modifying the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPI8XX SYS to look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS ASK WIDTH Defines the maximum data width negotiated with a device This option can be used with host adapters capable of 16 bit data transfers Valid settings are 8 or 16 Syntax WIDTH n lt path gt id gt n lt path id gt If the first host adapter boot order designation 0 is a 16 bit adapter and you wish to force 8 bit transfers to a device at SCSI ID 2 the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPT8Xx SYS should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS WIDTH 8 lt 0 2 gt About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 1 ASPI8XX Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description DISCONNECT Allows a device to disconnect SCSI devices have the ability to disconnect from the or bus during an I O transfer If a particular host adapter has parity checking disabled DC all devices attached to it must have disconnects disabled since parity is required during the reselection phase Syntax DISCONNECT n lt path id gt n lt path id gt Valid options are ON allow disconnects or OFF do not allow disconnects The default value for all devices is ON To disable disconnects on the first host adapter boot order desig
144. en tested on Solaris 8 FCS This software will not run on Solaris 7 LSI Logic assumes no responsibility or liability when a user attempts to use this software with older versions of Solaris that LSI Logic has not tested Introduction 10 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 2 Building the SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette Before proceeding to the installation instructions create an ITU diskette for Solaris installations Do this by copying the raw DD image file onto a 1 44 Mbyte diskette The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the symitu dd image file in this directory Follow this UNIX CD ROM path after you have the CD ROM mounted drivers unixes solaris solaris7 or drivers unixes solaris solaris8 Open the folder in the Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 subdirectory to locate the correct SYMITU DD image file Building the driver update diskette is dependent upon the operating system that you are using Refer to the instructions for UNIX System and DOS System users for more information 10 2 1 For UNIX System Users Create the SDMS SYMHISL Driver Update diskette and use it during installation of the operating system This driver supports the LSI53C896 LSI53C895A LSI53C1000 and or LSI53C1010 controllers If you are accessing the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM from UNIX follow these steps Step 1 Use the symitu dd image file provided in the install package St
145. ep 2 Insert a new blank diskette and type the following commands volcheck v dd if lt path gt symitu dd of vol dev aliases floppy0 bs 36k eject floppy Step 3 Label this diskette SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette Step 4 Use this diskette when the system prompts you to insert the ITU diskette Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 2 2 For DOS System Users Under this section DOS system users may copy the symitu dd image file onto a formatted blank diskette using the FDIMAGE EXE utility Usage fdimage dasv f size r count file drive Table 10 1 describes the information selection options associated with this executable program Table 10 1 FDIMAGE Information Selection Options Options Description Debug mode Specify the floppy diskette format by capacity for example 160K 180K 320K 360K 720K 1 2M 1 44M 2 88M Quick mode do not format the disk Retry count for format write operations Single sector I O Verbose The FDIMAGE EXE utility is available on the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM in each of these directories DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES SOLARIS SOLARIS7 or DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES SOLARIS SOLARIS8 To create the SYMHISL Driver Update diskette follow these steps Step 1 Copy t
146. ep 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Boot Windows 2000 and log on as Administrator Right click on My Computer and click on Properties Click on the Hardware tab and then click on the Device Manager button Click the to the left of the SCSI and RAID controllers line Find the adapter desired for the driver upgrade and double click on the entry Click on the Driver tab Information on the currently installed driver is displayed and additional driver details can be viewed by clicking the Driver Details button Click on the Update Driver button to update the existing driver The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard begins Click on the Next button Make sure Search for a suitable driver for my device is selected then click on the Next button Make sure the Floppy disk drives location is checked Insert the appropriate SDMS driver diskette that contains the Windows 2000 driver required to support your LSI Logic adapter s and press Enter The system scans the existing driver database and the floppy disk drive for drivers for the selected adapter If a driver already exists on the system and it is newer than the updated driver on the SDMS driver diskette a message appears and gives you the option to keep or reinstall the existing driver In this case if you desire to use the upgrade driver anyway click the Install one of the other drivers box then click on the Next button If no current driver exists th
147. er transfer rate Data Width Configuration 8 16 Displays the maximum data width of the adapter in bits Can be changed to narrower if available Scan ID Configuration Yes No Indicates whether to scan for this SCSI identifier at boot time Utilizing this setting allows you to ignore a device This decreases boot time by disabling inquiry of unused SCSI identifiers Set this option to No if there is a device that you do not want to be available to the system Also on a bus with only a few devices attached you can speed up boot time by changing this setting to No for all unused SCSI IDs Scan LUNs gt 0 Configuration Yes No Indicates whether to scan for Logical Unit Numbers LUNs greater than zero for a device LUN 0 is always queried Use this option if a multi LUN device responds to unoccupied LUNs or if it is desired to reduce the visibility of a multi LUN device to LUN 0 only Set this option to No if you have problems with a device that responds to all LUNs whether they are occupied or not Also if a SCSI device with multiple LUNs exists on your system but you do not want all of those LUNs to be available to the system then set this option to No This will limit the scan to LUN 0 Disconnect Configuration On Off Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Indicates whether to allow a device to disconnect during SCSI operations Some usually newer devices run faster with disc
148. er order Introduction 7 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 1 3 Description 7 4 Although the LSI Logic SCSI controller s firmware can access the SCSI hard disk drives attached to the computer independently the SCSI device drivers SYM8XX ADD and SYM_HI ADD act as an enhanced interface between the computer system and the SCSI BIOS firmware Use of the device drivers increases the abilities of the SCSI controller firmware and fully utilizes the advancements and improvements of Pentium based and higher microprocessors The device drivers are also necessary to support the use of SCSI tape drives and CD ROM drives with an OS 2 system The SYM8xx ADD and SYM_HI ADD device drivers are compliant with the IBM OS 2 ADD Adapter Device Driver specification Additionally the device drivers work with third party applications that comply with the same specification Both the SYM8xx ADD and SYM_HI ADD drivers allow up to eight host adapters to be present in your system The first four host adapters are accessed in the order you specify using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Some members of the LSI Logic family of host adapters provide this utility Refer to the PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide for the availability and use of the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility You can access the remaining host adapters based on their physical position in your system Refer to your system documentat
149. er supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LSI8251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD LSI53C860 LSIS38C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LSI8751D LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 LSI53C885 UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U e LSI53C895A LSI8953U e LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C01010 LSI22915A LSI21040 LSI22903 LSI21003 ITIG200U3LP 9 1 3 Description The SDMS C8XX driver allows SCO UnixWare operating systems to interface with SCSI devices connected to the LSI Logic family of chipsets and or LSI Logic associated host adapter boards Section 9 3 Installing the C8XX Driver for Unixware describes the procedures to install a new installation or update an existing installation of UnixWare with the C8XX driver You must first create a C8XX driver diskette for installation purposes 9 2 Building the C8XX Driver Diskette The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the dd image file for SCO UnixWare operating systems The location of this unixware dd image file is in the UnixWare 7 directory UNIX CD R
150. es On 3 Quantum Viking 4 5 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 4 Quantum Viking 4 5 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 5 Quantum Viking 4 5 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 6 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 7 530395 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 8 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 9 Es 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 10 160 80 16 Yes Yes On alts 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 12 a 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 13 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 14 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 15 S 160 80 16 Yes Yes On F1 Help ArrowKeys Select Item Change Item Esc Abort Exit Home End Select Item Enter Execute lt Item gt Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 2 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 2 4 Device Properties Menu Right Half LSI Logic SDMS TM PCI SCSI Configuration Utility Version PCI 4 Xx 00 Device Properties SCSI Device Identifier SCSI Queue Boot Format Verify Restore ID Timeout Tags Choice Defaults 0 Quantum Viking 4 5 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt ii Quantum Viking 4 5 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 2 Quantum Viking 4 5 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 3 Quantum Viking 4 5 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 4 Quantum Viking 4 5 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 5 Quantum Viking 4 5 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 6 lt 10 gt On No Format Verify lt Defaults gt 7 S
151. esignation The following convention is also used items in brackets are optional 6 20 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 3 SYMCD SYS Command Line Options Option Name Description ASK Prompts you at initialization time whether to load SyMcD Sys or not For example the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyMcD Sys would look like this DEVICE C PATH SYMCD SYS D MY_CD ASK UPTOLUN Changes the default for multiple LUNs per Target ID on the SCSI bus The current default is to scan all LUNs CD ROM changers that use multiple LUNs work by default To turn off scanning all LUNs on a SCSI bus choose UPTOLUN 0 This saves some time during boot NOBCD Supports the Trantor Music Box CD audio application Using this option prevents the track numbers from being converted to BCD Binary Coded Decimal If this option is used with CD audio applications such as Adaptec s cd player Corel s cd audio or Future Domain s cd audio track numbers gt 16 are not reported correctly because these applications require binary track numbers For example the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyMcD Sys would look like this DEVICE C PATH SYMCD SYS NOBCD 6 5 5 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are The CD ROM drive is not seen at boot time or the system locks up e Make sure
152. ess F2 the available files should be the BIOS file just backed up and 8XX BIOS image files Highlight the 8XX BIOS image file ROM and press Enter The utility displays the filename and notifies you when the file is successfully read Press Enter to continue The system prompts you whether or not to overwrite the BIOS that is currently flashed in Select y to upgrade This erases and updates the flash ROM The system displays the card information and verifies that the new BIOS is flashed Press any key to get back to the Main menu Choose option 5 to reboot Remove the diskette if you want to boot from the hard drive DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved To verify the new BIOS installation watch carefully during boot and look at the third line of the SDMS banner when it is displayed or Rerun the Flash utility from the bootable diskette and choose the View option to see the current BIOS version Note Due to smaller flash ROMs on some host adapters it may not be possible to upgrade earlier host adapters with newer versions of the BIOS The flash ROM size can be determined by the part s description displayed on the Summary of Boards Installed screen in the flash chip column Flash ROM part numbers and corresponding sizes are shown below Flash ROM part numbers and corresponding sizes are e 256 256A 32 Kbyte capacity e 512 64 Kbyte ca
153. ette Installation procedures are listed below Select the appropriate installation for your system 4 3 1 1 CD ROM Installation The driver that is bundled with Windows NT 4 0 is SymMc810 Sys This driver supports controllers that are listed in Section 4 1 3 Description Step 1 Have the SDMS driver diskette available for inserting into the A drive when prompted Important Read Steps 2 and 3 before performing the instructions contained within these steps Step 2 Start the Windows NT 4 0 installation by booting from the Windows NT CD ROM For Intel based systems the system BIOS must support booting from a CD ROM SDMS SCSI BIOS settings may need to be changed to allow CD ROM booting For Alpha based systems select Supplementary menu from the firmware Boot Menu and then select Install Windows NT from CD ROM Step 3 Press the F6 key when the screen displays Windows NT Setup Note Be sure to press the F6 key as any driver loaded later in the installation process is not recognized by the Windows 4 8 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved setup If F6 is not pressed all devices controlled by the drivers are not available during Windows NT setup Step 4 Choose S to specify an additional device when the screen displays Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices Note If this screen does not display as the fir
154. f the following e For NetWare version 4 XX consult the DDI file for options available for LST8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and or LSI_U3NW HAM drivers Refer to the NetWare installation utility to access these files e Load the driver specifying the option on the command line of the LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and or LST_U3NW HAM drivers The system displays the available options for the driver without loading the driver 12 5 2 DOS Access Dependencies Typically NetWare requires access to the DOS partition perhaps to load a file or to shutdown the system The LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and or LST_U3NW HAM drivers support several SDMS DOS configurations The HAM drivers detect whether an older SDMS 4 XX BIOS exists on the system and if the ASPI8xx Sys DOS driver is loaded If you are using the unsupported SDMS 3 XX BIOS or using an older supported SDMS 4 XX then ASPI8xx SYS version 4 10 or greater must also be loaded Note LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and LSI_U3NW HAM do not support the SDMS 3 XX DOS drivers DOSCAM and MINICAM 12 5 3 Supported DOS Configurations 12 16 The HAM drivers support these DOS configurations e SDMS 4 18 or greater BIOS No DOS Drivers required e SDMS 4 XX BIOS ASPI8xx SYS version 4 10 or greater e No SDMS BIOS ASPI8xx SYS NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved In addition to loading the ASPI8xx SYS driver you may optiona
155. fy the slot instance number of the LSI Logic controller SCSI channel to which the load instance applies The slot option specifies which LSI Logic controller SCSI channel embedded chip or host adapter to which the current load pertains You must specify this information on the load line otherwise the driver for the slot number Syntax spinup lt option gt targetIDlist Default value on Valid options on off Function Enables spinup command during initial scan This option allows you to disable issuing a spinup command during an initial scan to the specified target ID s Synchronous SCSI synchronous or sync or syn 12 14 Syntax sync lt option gt targetlDlist Default value Maximum of the HAB HBA Valid options 0 5 10 20 33 40 or 80 If any other value is entered for example 15 then the system defaults to a zero 0 value Function Enable Disable support of synchronous SCSI The synchronous SCSI option allows you to enable disable support of Fast Ultra Ultra2 and Ultra160 SCSI synchronous data transfers when using a Fast Ultra Ultra2 or Ultra160 SCSI controller Synchronous data transfers increase the I O performance of a system but there are a few non SCSI compliant devices that may cause problems on a system This option could cause a device to operate slower than its maximum speed The valid options are referred to as megabytes per second and megatransfers per second Important Not
156. g disk drives CD ROMs and tape drives for PCl based machines To support a new SCSI device Windows 95 98 Me architecture requires that a class driver for that type of device be present These are usually supplied by Microsoft or possibly by the peripheral manufacturer No changes to SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD Or SYM_U3 MPD are required These drivers are only supported under Windows 95 98 Me Introduction 3 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved A Windows application passes SCSI commands directly to the SCSI devices by using the SCSI pass through facility Refer to Microsoft Windows 95 98 Me documentation for more details This facility allows applications to directly control and access SCSI devices by filling in a data structure and calling into the port driver The SYMC8XX MPD and SYM_HI MPD drivers support Ultra SCSI protocol providing twice the raw data transfer rate of Fast SCSI for disk drives and LSI Logic host adapters that support Ultra SCSI These drivers also support Ultra2 SCSI protocol providing quadruple the raw data transfer rate of Fast SCSI The SYM_U3 MPD driver supports Ultra160 SCSI protocol providing up to 160 Mbytes s data transfer for double transition Ultra160 also includes CRC PPR and Domain Validation The standard Ultra160 SCSI protocol performs 80 megatransfers per second resulting in approximately doub
157. get IDs 3 and 5 the line in CONFIG SyYS that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD SM lt 0 3 gt lt 0 5 gt Using Command Line Options 7 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 7 1 OS 2 Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description EXCLUDE Disables a host adapter so that it is not seen by the SDMS OS 2 device drivers or This allows a host adapter to be ignored without physically removing the board IX from the system This may be necessary if the adapter in question is causing a resource conflict Note If you exclude the adapter to which the boot device is attached then you will not be able to boot Syntax EXCLUDE lt chip bus dev func gt lt chip bus dev func gt where chip is a unique identifier that indicates the LSI Logic board type The Verbose option displays a table with this value appearing in the CHIP column bus represents the PCI bus number into which the adapter is plugged The Verbose option displays a table with this value appearing in the BUS column dev func is the number derived by combining the PCI device and function numbers and functions as a unique board identifier in conjunction with the PCI bus The Verbose option displays a table with this hexadecimal value appearing in the DEV FUNC column It may contain an A B C D E or F as part of its value To exclude a host adapter with chip type F PCI bu
158. ggests that you do not change the host adapter ID from the default value of 7 as this gives it the highest priority on the SCSI bus Note that if you have 8 bit SCSI devices these devices cannot see host IDs greater than 7 Configuration Allows you to tell your device drivers to scan the SCSI bus from low to Low to High high 0 max SCSI ID or from high to low max to 0 SCSI ID If you 0 Max have more than one device on the SCSI bus changing the scan order High to Low changes the order in which drive letters are assigned by the system Max 0 Note This scan order option may conflict with operating systems that automatically assign a drive order Using the NT Configuration Utility 4 25 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 6 2 4 Device Selections Menu When you select the Device Selections option the corresponding menu appears Figure 4 4 illustrates the Device Selections menu Figure 4 4 Device Selections Menu Device Selections Help Sync Data Disc Time Scan Queue Rate Width Out Bus LUNS Tags 0 DevO N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled 1 Devi N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled 2 Dev2 N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled 3 Dev3 N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled 4 Dev4 N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled 5 Dev5 N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled 6 Dev5 N A 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled LSI53C895 80 16 On 10 Yes Yes Enabled Ok Cancel 4 26 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation C
159. gic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 1 2 illustrates the flow of SDMS information within an operating system Figure 1 2 SDMS Information Flow Operating System SDMS Storage Driver SDMS Storage BIOS LSI Logic Controller or Processor SCSI Bus SCSI Peripherals Overview 1 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 1 3 SDMS Device Drivers The SDMS device drivers translate an operating system I O request into a SCSI request Each SDMS SCSI device driver is operating system specific and is designed to work on standard LSI Logic chip implementations Currently LSI Logic provides PCI to SCSI device drivers for the following operating systems e MS DOS 6 0 Windows 3 1X e Windows 95 Windows 98 and Windows Me Millennium Edition e Windows NT 4 0 e Windows 2000 e OS 2 4 XX e SCO OpenServer Release 5 XX e UnixWare 7 e Solaris 7 and 8 e Linux e NetWare 4 XX and 5 XX NWPA This user s guide provides device driver installation and configuration instructions for each of these operating systems 1 4 Basic Guidelines 1 4 Some basic rules for using SDMS software and installing a SCSI host adapter device follow The SDMS software requires an IBM PC AT or compatible computer with an 80486 or higher microprocessor An understanding of basic operating system commands is assumed In addition users of this manual should have a general knowledge of the SCSI standard
160. gotiation negotiation or neg 12 12 Syntax negotiation lt option gt target Dlist Default value None Valid options on off ppir sync wide syncwide twostep threestep Description of each option all negotiations on negotiation off all negotiation on synchronous negotiation only width negotiation only sync and wide negotiation only sync and width negotiation only one per I O sync width and ppir negotiation one per I O Function Enable synchronous wide or ppir negotiation with the target ID This option allows you to enable disable all negotiations or just synchronous or width negotiations with a target ID of a device NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 12 1 Customizable Options for NWPA Drivers Cont No Negotiation Syntax noneg lt targetID gt noneg Default value None Valid options 0 15 Function Specify the target ID of the device that does not accept sync and wide negotiation The noneg option allows you to specify no negotiation for the target ID of a device Initially during the scanning phase the driver begins by negotiating with the asynchronous and narrow mode settings with each device found Once the system establishes target communication the desired settings are renegotiated However some devices have a problem with the initial negotiation such as the SAF TE chip from another vendor and older or nonsta
161. gure the driver using the symhisl conf configuration file Please refer to the man page driver conf 4 which is the standard reference on how to Troubleshooting 10 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 14 edit the symhisl conf file The instructions for editing symhisl conf can also be found in the path kernel drv symhisl conf SYMHISL lt n gt Hardware not properly enabled by system omd xxxxh The system has not properly enabled the configuration resources that the symhis1 driver needs in order to use this hardware The cmd xxxxh value needs to be reported to technical support SYMHISL lt n gt Unsupported 64 bit register address Please load 64 bit version of kernel and driver This version of the symhis1 driver does not support physical addresses using 64 bit values Contact LSI Logic Technical Support at 719 533 7230 to determine if a new driver is available to support 64 bit version SYMHISL lt n gt The host adapter id in the conf file is being ignored because the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility will override it The symhisl conf file has a line scsi initiator id x that changes the host adapter SCSI ID That line is being ignored because the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility has set the SCSI ID Please use the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to change the SCSI ID SYMHISL lt n gt Ignored invalid scsi initiator id value x The symhisl conf file has an invalid sc
162. hat it does not actually support If available use the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility provided with some members of the LSI Logic family of host adapters to reduce the synchronous transfer rate Refer to the PC Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide for the availability and use of the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility If the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility is not provided with your host adapter use the command line option SYNCH_RATE as described in the Command Line Options section above Troubleshooting 7 19 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 20 If you cannot tell which device is experiencing difficulties reduce the synchronous transfer rate for each device separately to see if the problem is resolved Disable disconnects for the problem device Communication between the driver and the device may not be accurate if the device is allowed to disconnect from the bus during an I O transfer If available use the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility provided with some members of the LSI Logic family of host adapters to disable disconnects Refer to the PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide for the availability and use of the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility If the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility is not provided with your host adapter use the command line option DISCONNECT as described in the Command Line Options section above If you cannot tell which device is experienci
163. he LSI Logic Web site at http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the UnixWare operating system for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers Section 9 3 1 New System Installation page 9 5 and Section 9 3 2 Existing System Installation page 9 6 provide the installation procedures 9 3 Installing the C8XX Driver for Unixware This section provides the procedures to install the SDMS C8XX driver during a new system installation of UnixWare 7 and to update a previously installed UnixWare 7 operating system with the SDMS C8XX driver 9 3 1 New System Installation Follow the instructions in the UnixWare Installation Handbook along with these steps Installing the C8XX Driver for Unixware 9 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 1 Boot the computer using the Install diskette s delivered with the UnixWare Operating System distribution package UnixWare 7 provides two diskettes Step 2 Follow the instructions on the screen Step 3 Insert the PCI SCSI SCO UnixWare driver diskette when prompted to insert the host adapter diskette and press Enter To install other host adapter drivers insert the host adapter diskette provided with the UnixWare 7 distribution package and press Enter If there are
164. he SCSI device s must reside on the internal bootable drive Basic Guidelines 1 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 1 6 Using the SDMS Software Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 2 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility This chapter describes the SDMS SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility It includes these topics e Section 2 1 Introduction page 2 1 e Section 2 2 Boot Initialization with BBS page 2 3 e Section 2 3 Using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility page 2 3 e Section 2 4 Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility page 2 4 e Section 2 5 Exiting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility page 2 22 2 1 Introduction The SDMS SCSI BIOS is the bootable ROM code that manages SCSI hardware resources It is specific to a family of LSI Logic SCSI controllers or processors The SDMS SCSI BIOS integrates with a standard system BIOS extending the standard disk service routine provided through INT13h During the boot time initialization the SCSI BIOS determines if there are other hard disks such as an IDE drive already installed by the system BIOS If there are the SCSI BIOS maps any SCSI drives it finds behind the drive s already installed Otherwise the SCSI BIOS installs drives starting with the system boot drive In this case the system boots from a drive controlled by the SCSI BIOS For version 4 05 00 and higher
165. he UnixWare 7 Logo screen to appear then press the space bar key to begin an interactive boot session Type at the prompt boot unix safe The operating system logo reappears The system starts booting from the UNIX kernel you specified above UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 10 Solaris Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the symhis1 driver for the Solaris 7 and Solaris 8 operating systems It provides installation instructions for new and existing systems and includes these topics e Section 10 1 Introduction page 10 1 e Section 10 2 Building the SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette page 10 4 e Section 10 3 Installing the SDMS Solaris Driver page 10 6 e Section 10 4 Troubleshooting page 10 12 10 1 Introduction Solaris 7 and Solaris 8 for x86 platforms are operating systems designed to run on single or multiple processors These operating systems provide a command line interface environment and a graphical environment that incorporates many high level features Refer to the Sun Microsystems Inc web site www sun com docs for Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 documentation for a more detailed explanation The symhisi driver allows the Solaris operation to interface with SCSI devices connected to LSI Logic LSI53C895A LSI53C896 LSI53C 1000 and LSI53C1010 SCSI controller chips A list of features associated with t
166. he raw dd image onto a 1 44 Mbyte diskette Locate the symitu dd image from the appropriate directory DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES SOLARIS SOLARIS7 or DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES SOLARIS SOLARIS8 Building the SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette 10 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 2 Insert a formatted 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte diskette into your A floppy drive Step 3 At the command prompt type fdimage qv symitu dd A Note This command works when running MS DOS Windows 9x Windows Me Windows NT or Windows 2000 If you are running antivirus software LSI Logic recommends that you temporarily disable it when running the fdimage program Otherwise the fdimage program may not be able to get exclusive access to your floppy drive which it requires to write the image to a diskette Step 4 Label this diskette SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette Step 5 Use this diskette for Solaris installations You may also download the current Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 driver from the LSI Logic Web site at http www lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 operating system for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 10 3 Installing the SDMS Solaris Driver T
167. heck all cable and power connections e Reboot the system About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 4 About the SYMDISK SYS Driver 6 4 1 Features 6 4 2 Description 6 12 This section describes the characteristics of the SYMDISK SyYS driver and provides installation instructions The SYMDISK SYS driver supports these features Removable media devices Magneto Optical MO devices Non 512 byte sectors 1024 2048 4096 Multiple Logical Unit Numbers LUN OS 2 floppy format for MO and hard disks Multiple host adapters when adapter has not been controlled by the SCSI BIOS no INT13h devices Reserving drive letters for installed devices without media present in the device see UNITS under command line options Adding drive letters Power management to spindown drives Allows up to eight host adapters The SYMDISK SyYS driver allows you to connect drives with non 512 byte sectors and to connect removable drives if you want to change the media Use this driver also to obtain drive letters for devices adapters that are not supported by the BIOS The SYMDISK SYS driver communicates through ASPI8xx SyYS To use the SYMDISK SYS driver you must also load ASPI8XX SYS DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 4 3 Installing the SYMDISK SYS Driver To
168. heir descriptions Main Menu Fields and Descriptions Field Type Value Information Descriptions Indicates the specific LSI Logic family of host adapters Clicking on an entry under Adapter will lead to the Adapter Properties menu PCI Bus Information Indicates the PCI bus number range 0x00 OxFF 0 255 decimal assigned by the system BIOS to an adapter Dev Func Information Indicates the PCI Device Function assigned by the system BIOS to an adapter An 8 bit value is mapped as follows Bit 76543210 Bits 7 3 Device range 0x00 0x1F 0 31 decimal Bits 2 0 Function range 0 7 Port Number Information Indicates the I O port number that communicates with an adapter which the system BIOS assigns IRQ Information Indicates the Interrupt Request Line used by an adapter which is assigned by the system BIOS NVM Information Indicates whether an adapter has NVM associated with it An adapter s configuration is stored in its associated NVM NVM can refer to NVRAM that is resident on a host adapter or to system NVS Boot Order Information Indicates the relative boot order 0 to 3 of an adapter The SDMS SCSI BIOS traverses up to four adapters in the specified order in search of bootable media To modify this field access the Boot Adapter List menu LSI Logic Control 2 8 Information Indicates whether an adapter is eligible for LSI Logic software
169. his driver along with its description are described below The procedures to install the symhis1 driver during a new installation of Solaris or to update the driver with an existing installation of Solaris are also included After the image has been copied to a 3 5 inch diskette label the ITU diskette SYMHISL Driver Update For new system installations go to Section 10 3 1 New System Installation and proceed to Step 2 PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 10 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 1 1 Features The SDMS symhisi driver for Solaris supports these features Ultra160 Data Transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 Ultra160 Domain Validation Ultra160 Double Transition DT data transmissions Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Multiple host adapters Disconnect Reselect Multiple and noncontiguous LUN support Scatter Gather Wide devices Tagged command queuing Multiprocessors Hot swapping of SCSI devices for Solaris 8 only 10 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 driver The symhisi driver is a Solaris 7 and Solaris 8 32 bit version driver and supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters
170. his option has three required parameters that identify the specific adapter you want to exclude e PCI Device ID e PCI Bus Number e PCI Device Function Number To obtain these parameters boot the system using the VERBOSE command line option explained later The monitor displays the parameters for the adapter or path you wish to exclude Syntax EXCLUDE lt a b c gt lt a b c gt If the adapter to exclude has PCI Device ID 3 PCI Bus Number 0 and PCI Device Function Number 68 then the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPI8XxX SYS should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS EXCLUD About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 1 ASPI8XX Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description HOST_ID Alters the SCSI ID for a host adapter 8 bit adapter where the SCSI IDs are 0 7 16 bit adapter where the SCSI IDs are 0 15 It is suggested that IDs 8 15 not be used for your adapter This option does not allow anyone to select a SCSI ID already in use If the host adapter allows connection of both 8 bit and wide devices to the same bus and the adapter number is changed to an ID greater than 7 then the 8 bit SCSI devices are not able to reselect the initiator You are not allowed to change the SCSI ID of any adapter currently supported by the BIOS Syntax HOST_ID n lt path gt n lt pa
171. his section provides installation instructions for new and existing systems The SYMHISL Driver Update Diskette can be used in one of two ways e To use new drivers to install or upgrade the Solaris operating environment on a machine with new hardware or e To add new drivers to support new hardware on an already installed and booted system 10 3 1 New System Installation Please read the following information carefully before proceeding with the Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 installation 10 6 Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e You can only install Solaris 7 using the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette as the boot diskette e You have the option of installing Solaris 8 from a bootable CD ROM labeled Software 1 of 2 or a bootable Solaris Device Configuration Assistant diskette These installation steps refer to the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette for both operating systems If you decide to install Solaris 8 from the bootable CD ROM ignore the information about reinserting and or removing the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette Use the appropriate Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette for your release of Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 as the boot diskette Step 1 Insert the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette into your machine s diskette drive Also insert the Solaris Installation CD ROM or for network installat
172. hout SDMS 4 XX Boot ROM LSI Logic no longer supports the SDMS 3 XX Boot ROM e Synchronous negotiation e Wide SCSI e Target Initiated Negotiation TIN e Full VDS support including scatter gather e Disconnect Reselect e Adapter exclusion e Shared interrupts e Single threaded I O e DMI NVS can read device configuration information from NVS when NVRAM on the host adapter is not present e LSI Logic usage of PCI Subsystem ID to control various features and configuration settings e Booting from a CD ROM e A 66 MHz PCI bus e Up to Ultra160 SCSI 160 Mbytes s when using Wide SCSI including Parallel Protocol Request PPR Double Transition DT data transfers Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver 6 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 3 2 Description The ASPI8xx SYS device driver is an ASPI manager that provides an interface to popular ASPI applications This driver is required when you want to use SYMDISK SYS or SYMCD SYS or whenever you want to run an ASPI application This interface replaces an SDMS BIOS if present and fully supports all devices supported by the BIOS If an SDMS BIOS is not present only an ASPI interface is provided 6 3 3 Installing the ASPI8XX SYS Driver To install the ASP18xx SyYS driver follow these steps Step 1 Copy the ASPT8xx Sys driver to the boot disk The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM
173. ically creates a unix safe file during installation If you need to return to SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 this initial UNIX kernel due to problems with installation procedures type unix safe at the boot prompt Insert the SDMS BTLD diskette into the drive to install the SDMS driver and type installpkg Press Enter A system prompt appears to insert the requested diskette Press Enter The system prompts you for the name of the package Type at the prompt slha Press Enter to continue If a driver is already present from a previous installation a system prompt inquires about replacing it Reply y for yes Relink the kernel after the install package installpkg has completed by typing etc conf cf d link_unix at the command prompt The system executes the command and then prompts for a response to 1 Do you want this kernel to boot by default y n Type y Press Enter Then the system backs up the old kernel 2 Do you want the kernel environment rebuilt y n Type y Press Enter Reboot the system to activate the new kernel by typing at the command prompt reboot Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver 8 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Press Enter 8 3 2 1 Adding a SCSI Disk Drive 8 10 If you are not adding a SCS
174. icate with the SCSI device driver that is part of the operating system You may need to update your driver Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 11 Linux Device Driver Installation This chapter provides device drivers information for the Linux operating system It provides installation instructions and includes these topics e Section 11 1 Introduction page 11 1 e Section 11 2 Installing Your Linux Driver page 11 4 e Section 11 3 Troubleshooting page 11 9 11 1 Introduction The Linux drivers are free software and are supported in source form These drivers are distributed in the hope that they will be useful but without any warranty and without even the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose You can redistribute them and or modify them under the terms of version 2 or later of the GNU Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation You should have received a copy of this license with your Linux kernel source tree usr src linux COPYING For detailed information on the GNU Public License contact the Free Software Foundation Inc at 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 or contact their web site at http www gnu org copyleft gpl html The official Linux kernel currently bundles three drivers that support the LSI Logic family of PCI SCSI chips 53c7 8XX NCR53C8XX SYM53C8X
175. ill completely and irreversibly erase all data on the drive To low level format a device select the device from the menu and use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the Format column Press Enter Note Formatting will default the drive to a 512 byte sector size even if the drive had previously been formatted to another sector size Executable Allows verification of all sectors on a device and reassigns defective Logical Block Addresses LBAs if enabled To verify all sectors select the device from the menu and use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the Verify column Press Enter Restore Defaults 2 16 Executable Press Enter to obtain default settings SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 4 4 Boot Adapter List Menu The Boot Adapter List menu specifies the order in which adapters boot when more than one LSI Logic host adapter is in a system Up to four of the total adapters in a system can be selected as bootable To control a Boot Volume only one of the four active controllers can be used To select this menu 1 Press F2 while on the Main menu to move the cursor to the menu Area 2 Move the cursor to Boot Adapter List with the arrow keys 3 Press Enter Adapters can be added or deleted using this menu To add an adapter to the boot list press the Insert key while on the Boot Adapter List Use the arrow keys to
176. in Validation on an installed LSI53C1010 based host adapter select Domain Validation The selected option displays a corresponding menu with adapters found Click on the adapter whose related values are to be changed When the values of the adapters in the NVRAM Found column indicate Yes then changes are allowed If the value is No the adapter can be selected to display default values but no changes are allowed To display information pertinent to a particular menu click on the Help menu selection To save the configuration change s and exit from the Main menu click on the Accept button If concluding Domain Validation testing and new values were saved it is not necessary to click on the Accept button Using the To exit from a particular menu level and discard any changes that may have been made click on the Cancel button Changes are not discarded once changes have been saved during Domain Validation testing Exiting from previous menu levels does not affect changes made and saved at the Domain Validation Test level NT Configuration Utility 4 23 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 4 2 lists the fields field types and descriptions shown on this menu Table 4 2 Main Menu Fields and Descriptions Field Type Fields Value Descriptions Device Found Information Indicates the specific LSI Logic family of host adapters Port Number Information Indicates the I
177. information in the SyYM_256K REG data file before editing it Choose one of two methods to add this registry setting 1 Locate the SYM_256K REG data file supplied with the driver files using Windows Explorer and double click on the file or 2 Type at the command prompt REGEDIT SYM_256K REG This inserts an entry in the registry to enable 256 Kbytes block size support Editing the SYM_256K REG file can set any maximum block size between 64 Kbytes and 1 Mbyte 8 Kbytes The formula to calculate the proper value for MaximumSGList is MaximumSGList Maximum Block Size 4K 1 For 256 Kbytes 256K 4K 64 Kbytes add 1 for 65 decimal or 0x41 hexadecimal The maximum value allowed for MaximumSGLlst is Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 255 or OxFF This denotes an absolute maximum transfer size of 1040384 which is 8 Kbytes less than 1 Mbyte 1040384 4K OxFE add 1 for OXFF or 255 You must reboot your system for the new registry setting to take effect To reset the maximum block size to the default of 64 Kbytes follow the instructions above except use SYMDFBLK REG as the data file 5 4 2 Maximum Number of Concurrent I Os Guaranteed Windows 2000 only guarantees a maximum of 32 concurrent I Os active on a particular SCSI bus However due to the method of memory allocation the actual limit of concurrent I Os can
178. ing registry setting 4 13 to 4 14 sym10010 reg adding registry setting 4 14 SYMCD command line options ASK 6 21 NOBCD 6 21 UPTOLUN 6 21 SYMCD SYS communicating thru ASPI8XX 6 18 DOS device driver description 6 18 features 6 18 installing 6 19 troubleshooting 6 21 IX 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved SYMDIAG EXE DOS verify utility 6 29 SYMDISK command line options ASK 6 14 EXCLUDE 6 14 SPINDOWN 6 16 SSIZE 6 15 UNITS 6 15 SYMDISK SYS communicating thru ASPI8XX 6 12 6 18 DOS device driver description 6 12 features 6 12 installing 6 13 troubleshooting 6 16 sync rate description 4 27 sync rate Mbytes description 2 15 sync rate megatransfers description 2 15 system settings change dialog box 3 7 to 3 17 T tape drive installation menu adding a SCSI tape drive 8 12 termination control description 2 11 test procedures fields and descriptions 4 31 troubleshooting ASPI8XX driver 6 11 DOS configuration utility 6 28 DOS low level format utility 6 26 DOS verify utility 6 29 loading ASPI8XX driver 6 11 loading C8XX driver for UnixWare 9 8 loading SYMCD driver 6 21 loading SYMDISK driver 6 16 loading the SCO UNIX driver 8 17 OS 2 7 17 running DOS configuration utility 6 28 running DOS verify utility 6 29 running low level format utility 6 26 SCO OpenServer 8 17 Solaris 10 12 to 10 18 SYMCD driver 6 21 SYMDISK driver 6 16 to 6 18 UnixWare 7 9 8 Windows 2000 5 14 to 5 18 Win
179. ion verify with your system administrator that the Solaris Network Installation image is available on your network Step 2 Turn on your machine Step 3 When the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant screen appears choose F4_Add Driver Then the Install Driver Update screen appears Step 4 Remove the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette from the diskette drive and insert the first Solaris Driver ITU diskette you want Step 5 Press F2_Continue The Loading Supplemental Driver Software screen appears along with a progress bar that shows the percentage of drivers that have been extracted from the diskette appears Drivers are read into memory and survive long enough for the system to successfully boot to its installation program Step 6 Remove the Solaris Driver ITU diskette from the floppy drive and insert the next Solaris Driver ITU diskette you want if any for other devices If applicable continue with Step 7 otherwise proceed to Step 9 Step 7 Press F2_Continue Installing the SDMS Solaris Driver 10 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 The Loading Driver Update Software screen appears along with a progress bar that shows the percentage of drivers that have been extracted from the diskette Drivers are read into memory and survive long enough for the system to successfully boot to its installation program When all the new drivers on the dis
180. ion for further information OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 2 Using the SDMS OS 2 Drivers The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the SYM8XX ADD and SYM_HI ADD drivers and their associated files in this directory CD ROM DRIVE LETTER DRIVERS OS2 You must prepare an SDMS Driver Diskette before proceeding with the installation instructions 7 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette Copy these OS 2 drivers and their associated files to the root directory of a clean diskette to install both or one of the device drivers e Device drivers SYM8XX ADD and SYM_HI ADD e Text files SYM8xx DDP and SYM_HI DDB and e Executable files SyM8xxPC EXE and SYM_HIPC EXE e Text files for OS 2 driver installation instructions and licensing agreement When the device driver installation utility under OS 2 is activated it looks for all files with the DDP extension The DDP files contain the necessary information to install the SCSI device driver The EXE files contain a utility that verifies an appropriate adapter is present You may also download current OS 2 drivers from the LSI Logic Web site at http www lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the OS 2 operating system for SCSI and click o
181. ion specifies the current language set for using this utility Video Mode Configuration Color Monochrome Specifies the default video mode for the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility The monochrome setting enhances readability on a monochrome monitor Support Interrupt Configuration for BBS Systems Hook Interrupt the default Bypass Interrupt Hook Fixed for non BBS systems This option allows the ability to prevent a hook on INT40h if required The two settings are Hook Interrupt the default and Bypass Interrupt Hook Hook Interrupt is the normal operation that supports booting CD ROMs in floppy emulation mode on most machines On certain platforms the system BIOS uses the INT40h interrupt chain in a nonstandard way On these platforms you should use the Bypass Interrupt Hook setting This setting prevents a hook into the INT40h chain If the Bypass Interrupt Hook setting is used on systems that do not require it the CD ROM may fail to boot and an error message may appear and indicate it is unable to read the boot device Note Try toggling this value if your machine fails to boot a CD ROM in floppy emulation mode Restore Defaults Executable Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Press Enter to obtain default settings 2 21 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 5 Exiting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility The Exit menu for the SCSI B
182. is timing in order to run the requested test with a slightly altered bus timing environment Only applicable during the Stress Pattern IO test Data Pattern Allows you to select one of three data patterns to be used for the Write Read buffers test The Test Procedures box contains the test sequences which can be executed on the selected device Double click on the sequence name to execute Note During test executions the adapter channel on which the specified device resides is blocked from all other activity For the LSI53C1000 or LSI53C1010 based host adapter card s the second channel is also blocked during execution of the Stress Pattern I O test if the LVD Driver Signal or the Req Ack Skew values are anything except Nominal This could have a negative impact in the performance and or stability of the system under high loads 4 30 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 4 6 lists the fields within the Test Procedures box along with their descriptions Table 4 6 Test Procedures Fields and Descriptions Fields Descriptions Back to Back This test issues two inquiries to the selected device The first inquiry occurs after Inquiries negotiating Async Narrow while the second inquiry occurs after negotiating with the passed values The Inquiry data from the two are then compared If a miscompare is noted the test fails I O errors can also cause
183. ith this executable program Table 8 1 FDIMAGE Information Selection Options Options Description Debug mode Specify the floppy diskette format by capacity for example 160K 180K 320K 360K 720K 1 2M 1 44M 2 88M Quick mode do not format the disk Retry count for format write operations Single sector I O Verbose The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM provides the FDIMAGE EXE utility in this directory DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES FDIMAGE EXE Building an SDMS 4 0 BTLD PCI Diskette 8 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved To copy the raw dd image follow these steps Step 1 Locate the sco DD image on the SDMS CD ROM at DOS CD ROM Letter DRIVERS UNIXES OPNSERVR Step 2 Insert a formatted 3 5 inch 1 44 Mbyte diskette into your A floppy drive Step 3 At the command prompt type fdimage qv sco dd A Note This command works when running MS DOS Windows 9x Windows Me Windows NT or Windows 2000 If you are running antivirus software LSI Logic recommends that you temporarily disable it when running the fdimage program Otherwise the fdimage program may not be able to get exclusive access to your floppy drive which it requires to write the image to a diskette Step 4 Label this diskette BTLD Driver Diskette Step 5 Use the BTLD driver diskette for
184. ive and adding SCSI peripheral devices These instructions assume that you are familiar with UNIX system administration Figure 8 1 illustrates the interface between the BTLD driver and the operating system Figure 8 1 SDMS Installation Tools SCO OpenServer Installation Hard on A Drive Allows BTLD Easy O S The SDMS BTLD driver supports these features e Easy UNIX installation on a hard disk with the SDMS BTLD diskette e Ultra160 Data Transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 e Ultra160 Domain Validation e Wide and synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI e Parallel Protocol Request PPR negotiation to SCSI 3 devices for Ultra160 Double Transition DT data transmission e Multiple host adapters e Disconnect Reselect SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Multiple and noncontiguous Logical Unit Numbers LUNs Dynamic interrupt mapping Scatter Gather Wide SCSI Single Ended and Differential SCSI pass through functionality Tagged command queuing Multiprocessor support Target Initiated Negotiation TIN Automatic drive spinup NVRAM and NVS configuration data areas Termination control using NVRAM and NVS settings RAID up to 1024 byte block sizes 8 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an
185. kette have been processed the Continue Driver Update Installation screen appears Repeat Step 4 through Step 7 until all the Solaris Driver ITU diskettes you want are installed Remove the Solaris Driver ITU diskette from the diskette drive when all the drivers are processed and reinsert the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Diskette Press F4_Done when you have finished adding supplemental drivers The Identified Device Drivers screen appears with a list of all device drivers For example you would see at least symhisl Device Driver Important Do not remove the Solaris Device Configuration Assistant Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Diskette from the diskette drive until you see the following message displayed in a dialog box the message actually appears in Step 16 If you want to bypass the device configuration and boot screens when the system reboots eject the Device Configuration Assistant Boot diskette now Press F2_Continue The Solaris Device Configuration Assistant screen appears Press F2_Continue The Bus Enumeration screen appears The Scanning Devices screen is then displayed System devices are scanned When scanning is complete the Identified Devices screen appears Press F2_Continue The message Loading driver appears followed by messages about the drivers that are required to boot your system After a few seconds the Boot Solaris screen appears Solaris Device Driver Install
186. lass Driver Windows NT Port Driver SDMS Miniport Drivers LSI Logic SCSI Chip Introduction 4 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 1 1 Features The SDMS device drivers for Windows NT 4 0 support these features Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Ultra160 data transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 Domain Validation for SYM_U3 SyYS driver only Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC for SyM_U3 SyYS driver only Parallel Protocol Request PPR for SyM_U3 SySs driver only Wide negotiation Tagged command queuing Multiple host adapters Multiple Logical Unit Numbers LUNs Disconnect Reselect Scatter Gather Differential support SCSI pass through functionality Disk array configurations with no LUN 0 Disk array configurations with noncontiguous LUNs Target Initiated Negotiation TIN Auto Request Sense Maximum block size of 1 Mbyte for NT 4 0 NVRAM wide sync parameters SCSI Host ID 4 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 4 4 All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS Windows NT 4 0 miniport drivers The symc8xx sys driver is named Symbios PCI 53C8XX for driver installation It supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright
187. le the synchronous data transfer rates of Ultra2 SCSI Caution Ultra SCSI requires more stringent SCSI bus cabling setups than Fast SCSI Ultra2 SCSI and Ultra160 SCSI require Low Voltage Differential LVD termination 3 2 Using the SYMC8XX SYM_HI SYM_U3 Drivers The SDMS Software Device Driver and Utilities CD ROM contains the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD and SYM_U3 MPD drivers and their associated files in this directory CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WIN9X You must prepare an SDMS Driver Diskette before proceeding with the installation instructions 3 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette 3 4 Copy the files listed in this section to the root directory of a clean diskette Various subdirectories contain the appropriate driver files You will use this SDMS driver diskette during installation For the SYMC8XxX MPD driver locate the files at CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WIN9X 8XX9x Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved SYMC8XX MPD SYMC8XX INF For the SYM_HI MPD driver locate the files at CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WIN9X WIN9XHI e SYM HI MPD SYM HI INF For the SYM_U3 MPD driver locate the files at CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WIN9X 9XULTRA3 e SYM U3 MPD e SYM U3 INF You
188. le diskette by formatting it with the s option for example format A s Do not install any memory managers or SCSI drivers on the diskette A minimum of 200 Kbytes of conventional memory is needed to execute the Flash Utility Add the DOS mouse driver to AUTOEXEC BAT for mouse control of the utility if desired Note Some systems contain a specific PCI bus design known as a Peer Bus implementation This design provides an expanded PCI bus capacity by means of a secondary PCI bus This implementation may cause issues with this Flash utility s ability to correctly identify LSI53C8XX or LSI53C1XXX boards installed on this secondary PCI bus For example an error could occur or the system could hang after executing this Flash utility If your system contains a Peer Bus implementation the only two alternatives available that will correct these issues are Step 1 Reboot the computer Step 2 Type FLASH8X5 q at the prompt to invoke an optional mode of identifying LSI53C8XX or DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved LSI53C1XXX boards in a secondary PCI bus environment or Step 1 Turn the machine off Step 2 Move the LSI Logic host adapter boards to be flashed over to the primary PCI bus To run the flash utility with a standard PCI bus implementation follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Insert the diskette into drive A B
189. lick on the OK button to accept the values To set changed values click on the OK button To abort any changes made on this screen click on the Cancel button When you click on OK or Cancel the system returns to the Main menu The settings in this menu are global settings that affect the selected host adapter and all SCSI devices attached to it Table 4 3 provides a description of each setting Table 4 3 Adapter Properties Fields and Descriptions Field Type Fields Value Descriptions SCAM Configuration Represents SCAM support and depends upon whether the BIOS issues or Support On Off does not issue SCAM negotiations during initialization Note Windows NT does not support the use of SCAM Turn this selection Off Turning SCAM On may have adverse effects on your system Configuration Allows you to disable parity checking since the LSI Logic PCI to SCSI host Enable adapters always generate parity Note that some older SCSI devices do Disable not generate parity Note When disabling parity checking you must also disable disconnects for all devices as parity checking for the reselection phase is not disabled If a device does not generate parity and it disconnects the I O never completes because the reselection never completes Host Configuration Indicates the host adapters SCSI ID which is a unique number used to SCSI ID 0 to 7 identify the device on the SCSI bus 0 to 15 Note In general LSI Logic su
190. lidation for width settings do not perform read write cycle do not perform media read Function Control domain validation options for the Target ID This option is a software procedure in which a host queries a device to determine its ability to communicate at the negotiated width and sync rates Domain Validation is performed at system boot time to test the data integrity of the SCSI bus between the host adapter and each target device Note that some older SCSI devices do not tolerate Domain Validation operations Elevator Threshold Syntax elev lt option gt targetIDlist elev Default value 4 Valid options 0 250 0 disable Function Specify the maximum number of I Os the HAM should queue before allowing NWPA to filter and organize requests This option allows you to use NWPA elevator queues to determine how many I Os are queued to the HAM before organizing requests and generating scatter gather lists If this number is set too low adapter I O starvation may result If the number is too high then sorting of I Os and or generation of scatter gather lists may not occur Varying the elevator threshold value may affect performance Using the Command Line Options 12 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 12 1 Customizable Options for NWPA Drivers Cont Handles handles or handle or hdl Syntax handles lt option gt targetlDlist Default value 300 handles Valid
191. lity Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 2 Boot Initialization with BBS The SDMS SCSI BIOS provides support for the BBS which allows you to choose which device to boot from by selecting the priority To use this feature the system BIOS must also be compatible with the BBS If your system supports the BBS then use the system BIOS setup menu to select the boot and drive order In the system BIOS setup the Boot Connection Devices menu appears with a list of available boot options Use that menu to select the device and rearrange the order Then exit saving changes to continue the boot process 2 2 1 CD ROM Boot Initialization The SCSI BIOS supports boot initialization from a CD ROM drive The five types of emulation are e No emulation disk e Floppy 1 2 Mbyte emulation disk e Floppy 1 44 Mbyte emulation disk e Floppy 2 88 Mbyte emulation disk e Hard disk emulation The type of emulation determines the drive letter assignment for the CD ROM For example if you load a 1 44 Mbyte floppy emulation CD ROM then the CD ROM drive would become the designated A drive and the existing floppy would become drive B 2 3 Using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility This section provides the menu formats and user inputs available to inform all users about this utility prior to running it All SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility screens that display various menus are partitioned into fixed areas This area pr
192. ll rights reserved 4 10 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Start the Windows NT 4 0 installation by booting from the Microsoft Setup diskette Press Enter when the Welcome to Setup screen appears The Windows NT Workstation Setup window appears Press S to skip automatic detection and do manual selection A screen displays the message Setup has recognized the following mass storage devices in your computer Choose S to configure additional SCSI adapters when a screen displays the SCSI adapters found Move the highlight bar to Other and press Enter The system prompts for the manufacturer supplied hardware support disk Insert the SDMS driver diskette containing the Windows NT 4 0 driver required to support your LSI Logic adapter s and press Enter Depending on the driver being installed either Symbios PCI 53C8XX Symbios PCI High Performance Driver Or Symbios Ultra3 PCI SCSI Driver is shown highlighted Press Enter to proceed Note If more than one SDMS driver needs to be installed install Step 9 Step 10 additional drivers one after the other using Steps 5 through 8 Installation order is not important The Windows NT Workstation Setup window reappears Press S to load additional drives if using an IDE CD ROM for installation Another window appears Proceed to Step 10 or If you have completed configuring additional SCSI adapters press Enter Proceed
193. llow these steps Click on the Start button Select Settings gt Control Panel Double click on the System icon Click on the Device Manager tab Either double click on the SCSI controllers entry or click once on the plus sign to the left of it One entry for each host adapter installed in the system appears Select any adapter controlled by the desired driver then click on the Properties button Click on the Settings tab Type DisableDomainValidation 1 in the Adapter settings entry If there is already an entry displayed type the above at the end of the existing entry Be sure to include the semicolon Click OK to exit from the Settings tab Click OK again If the entry was changed the System Settings Change dialog box appears Click Yes to restart the computer After the system reboots Domain Validation is disabled for adapters controlled by the selected driver To re enable Domain Validation delete the entry that was made above If other entries exist be sure to leave them intact To disable Domain Validation support for a selected device using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Press Ctr1 c to start this utility when prompted to do so during system boot Select the desired adapter and press Enter Choose Device Selections and press Enter Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by L
194. lly load the SYMCD SYS and or SYMDISK SYS drivers for DOS CD ROM and DOS removable media support Netware does not require SYMcbD SyS and SYMDISK SYS for CD ROM or MO support 12 5 4 Using the SDMS 4 XX BIOS If the system contains an older SDMS 4 XX BIOS you must load ASPI8XX SYS version 4 10 or greater in the CONFIG SYS file You must also disable SCAM in the SDMS 4 XX BIOS If SCAM is enabled then the SDMS NWPA HAM drivers will fail to load 12 5 5 Using the ASPI8XX SYS Driver SCAM support by default is off in ASPI Manager version 4 10 and later 12 5 6 Supporting DOS Drivers The SDMS ASPI8xx SYS 4 10 or greater DOS driver supports the older SDMS 4 XX BIOS SYMcD SYS and SYMDISK SYS support CD ROM and MO devices under DOS NetWare does not require SYMCD SYS nor SYMDISK SYS support for CD ROM and MO devices however ASPI8XX SYS and SYMCD SYS are required for SCSI CD ROM installation Table 12 2 describes the DOS drivers currently supported by the SDMS NWPA drivers LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM and LST_U3NW HAM Important Additional Information 12 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 12 2 DOS Drivers and Descriptions Driver Description ASPI8XX SYS The ASPI8xx SyS driver provides an ASPI layer interface for disk and nondisk devices ASPI8XX SYS is required for NetWare support if the SDMS 3 XX BIOS or an older SDMS 4 XX BIOS is used If you install NetWare from a SCSI
195. m If you obtained the software from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM run the SETUP EXE program directly from CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS SYMTOOLS I386 The setup program installs the SCSI Tools files into the proper directories as well as making the appropriate registry entries After installing the software you must reboot the computer Using SCSI Tools for Windows NT 4 35 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 36 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 5 Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the device drivers for the Windows 2000 operating system It provides installation instructions for new and existing system installations This chapter includes these topics e Section 5 1 Introduction page 5 1 e Section 5 2 Using the SDMS Windows 2000 Drivers page 5 4 e Section 5 3 Installing Drivers for Windows 2000 page 5 6 e Section 5 4 Performance Tuning for Windows 2000 page 5 10 e Section 5 5 Troubleshooting page 5 14 e Section 5 6 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 page 5 18 e Section 5 7 Using SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 page 5 20 5 1 Introduction Windows 2000 is an operating system designed to run on Intel architecture processors using current technology It provide
196. m Number of Concurrent I Os Guaranteed 4 4 3 Disk Mirroring 4 5 Troubleshooting 4 6 Using the NT Configuration Utility 4 6 1 Installing the NT Configuration Utility x86 Platforms 4 6 2 Starting the NT Configuration Utility 4 6 3 Exiting the NT Configuration Utility Contents Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 5 3 5 3 7 3 10 3 11 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 19 3 20 3 20 3 21 Chapter 5 4 7 4 8 4 9 Using the Domain Validation Utility 4 7 1 Installing the Domain Validation Service Module 4 7 2 Stopping the DV Service Module Using SDMS ASPI for Windows NT 4 0 4 8 1 Features 4 8 2 Description 4 8 3 Installing NT ASPI Using SCSI Tools for Windows NT 4 9 1 Features 4 9 2 Installing SCSI Tools for Windows NT Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation 5 1 Introduction Sla Features 5 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 5 2 Using the SDMS Windows 2000 Drivers 5 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette 5 2 2 Description 5 3 Installing Drivers for Windows 2000 5 3 1 New System Installation 4 3 2 Existing System Installation 5 4 Performance Tuning for Windows 2000 5 4 1 Large Block Size Support 5 4 2 Maximum Number of Concurrent I Os Guaranteed 5 4 3 Auto Request Sense 5 4 4 Disk Mirroring 5 5 Troubleshooting 5 6 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 5 6 1 Features 5 6 2 Description 5 6 3 Installing Windows 2000 ASPI 5 7 Using SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 5 7 1 Features B
197. m the LSI Logic Web site www lsilogic com or on the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM release 4 8 Since Windows NT and the SDMS Windows NT drivers do not need the adapter s BIOS to operate only a limited number of the configuration parameters that can be changed by this utility will have any impact on the system once rebooted These parameters are e SCSI ID of the adapter e Wide data bits setting e Synchronous rate Mbytes s If you have Windows NT 4 0 and are using the SDMS symM_U3 SyS driver the NT Configuration Utility allows you to perform Domain Validation testing on the installed LSI Logic LSI53C1000 or LSI53C1010 host adapter and connected devices This testing verifies that the installed LSI Logic hardware functions correctly with the configuration information synchronous speed and bus width set through either the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility or by using the capabilities of this utility Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Changes to the wide data bit setting and or synchronous rate can be made during this testing to ensure functionality These settings can also be saved in a similar way as when doing the configuration settings The difference when saving these new values during Domain Validation testing is that they are in effect immediately and no system reboot is necessary Important The companion product to the NT Configura
198. manufacturing data area of NVM 7 2 OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS OS 2 ADD drivers The SYM8XxX ADD driver supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LSI8251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LS1I8751D LSI53C876 LSI22801 LSI22802 LSI53C885 LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U LSI53C895A LSI8953U The SYM_HI ADD driver supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters LSI53C895A LSI8953U LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L LSI53C01010 LSI22915A LS121040 LSI22903 LSI21003 ITIG200U3LP Note Both the SyM8xxX ADD and SYM_HI ADD drivers support the LSI53C895A chip If both drivers have been installed whichever driver appears first in the CONFIG SYS file will control the LSI53C895A chip Refer to Section 7 3 2 1 Driver Order in the CONFIG SYS File page 7 8 to understand the importance of driv
199. mation can be written to and read from RAM The contents of RAM are lost when the computer is turned off A computer data storage device in which the magnetic disk or tape is enclosed in a removable cassette or cartridge Most LSI Logic SCSI chips contain a RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computer processor programmed through microcode scripts Read Only Memory Memory from which information can be read but not changed The contents of ROM are not erased when the computer is turned off SCSI Configured AutoMatically A method to automatically allocate SCSI IDs using software when SCAM compliant SCSI devices are attached The efficient method of storing where it stores information in various sectors and tracks instead of trying to find enough sectors in a row to store the data Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations A 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved SCSI SCSI 2 SCSI 3 SCSI SPI 4 SCSI Bus SCSI Device SCSI ID SDMS Single Ended SCSI Software Source Code Synchronous Data Transfer A 8 Small Computer System Interface A specification for a high performance peripheral bus and command set The original standard is referred to as SCSI 1 The SCSI specification which adds features to the original SCSI 1 standard The current SCSI specification which adds features to the original SCSI 2 standard SCSI Parallel Interface This specification defines 16 bit SCSI asynchronou
200. n that is Symbios C810 PCI SCSI Host Adapter appears Although this implies that the driver only supports the LSI53C810 it actually supports the LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C815 LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI53C860 LSI53C875 and LSI53C876 This bundled driver does not see or support the LSI53C885 LSI53C895 LSI53C896 LSI53C895A LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 chipsets and any newer host adapters based on these chipsets that LSI Logic currently produces Note Keep in mind that the Windows NT 4 0 setup only displays the driver information not every controller found by that driver Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 2 Using the SDMS Windows NT Drivers The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS and SYM_U3 SyYS drivers at this location CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WINNT You must prepare an SDMS Driver Diskette before proceeding with the installation instructions 4 2 1 Preparing an SDMS Driver Diskette Various subdirectories contain the miniport drivers and their associated files The subdirectory structure is CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS WINNT XXXXX 1386 where XXXXX represents the specific Windows NT subdirectory For example the SYMC8xx SyYS driver is located in the 8xxNT subdirectory Copy all the files starting from the 1386 subdirectory through the MINIPORT subdirec
201. n IDE drive is in the system and the OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved IDE BAS BASEDEV line appears in the CONFIG sys file before the SDMS EDEV line BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V Or BASEDEV SYM_HI ADD V To resolve both types of problems follow these steps 1 2 Boot the system using the floppy drive and installation diskettes to the F3 Command Prompt screen Use the TEDIT EXE editor to edit the CONFIG SyS file Move the BASEDEV statements to be in the appropriate order for the system s configuration Restart your system During normal operation either the system locks up multiple bus resets occur or one of the following messages appears Th lt drive letter gt device is not ready or Th lt drive letter gt device is not functioning or A program in this session encountered a problem and cannot continue If possible replace the cables connecting the problem device Some cables cannot handle the synchronous transfer rate negotiated by the driver and device If you cannot tell which device is experiencing difficulties change the cabling for each device separately to see if the problem is resolved Reduce the synchronous transfer rate for the problem device It may have indicated during initialization that it can communicate at a synchronous transfer rate t
202. n instructions Insert the SDMS driver diskette into drive A or B If using drive B you must select it from the pick list Windows 95 98 Me automatically copies the appropriate driver files and rebuilds its driver database Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The System Settings Change dialog box appears Step 6 Remove the diskette from the drive and click Yes to restart the computer At this point Windows 95 98 Me Setup has completed and the new driver is operational To verify this see Section 3 3 4 Verifying Correct Driver Installation Note These instructions for Windows 98 are similar to the installation instructions for Windows Me Although some differences exist with a new system installation for Windows Me an experienced user should be able to follow the prompts as they appear LSI Logic recommends that you also refer to the Microsoft documentation that is included with the Windows Me operating system 3 3 2 Existing System Installation This procedure installs the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers onto an existing Windows 95 98 Me system Steps 1 through 7 are general instructions that apply to both operating systems Starting at Step 8 specific information for Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me is listed separately Review the steps below before starting the installation and then follow the
203. n the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 7 3 Installing Drivers for OS 2 The installation instructions are specific and accurate for the SDMS OS 2 SYM8XX ADD and SYM_HI ADD drivers These sections contain the installation instructions for OS 2 Using the SDMS OS 2 Drivers 7 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e Section 7 3 1 Installing SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD During New System Installations page 7 6 e Section 7 3 2 Updating SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD for Existing System Installations page 7 7 Note If you previously installed OS2CAM ADD a previous version of the SYM8xxX ADD driver delete OS2CAM ADD and the corresponding BASEDEV statement in the CONFIG SYS file after you complete the installation procedures If you previously installed SyM8xx ADD and or SYM_HI ADD in a directory other than OS2 BOOT move SYM8XxX ADD and or SYM_HI ADD to OS2 BOOT where the new versions of these drivers can replace the old versions In both instances the system will continue to boot using the previous drivers until these steps are taken 7 3 1 Installing SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD During New System 7 6 Installations Your system configuration determines which installation instructions are appropriate for you If neither your boot drive nor SCSI CD ROM is connected to an LSI Logic host adapter install OS 2 and then add the drivers Refer
204. n the driver is built into the kernel type at the lilo prompt lilo linux root dev hda2 ncr53c8xx buschk 4 lilo linux root dev hda2 sym53c8xx buschk 4 where hdaz2 is the root partition The C1010 boards are shipped with the default speed set to Ultra2 To run at Ultra160 speeds update the sync speed in the configuration set to 80 and change the setting in NVRAM If necessary use the command line arguments nvram 7 sync 9 and wide 1 to the setup command for example with insmod type at the prompt insmod sym53c8xx sym53c8xx nvram 7 wide 1 sync 9 There are no patches for my kernel Contact the LSI Logic technical support team at http www lsilogic com support index html Call the listed number if you need patches for an official kernel 11 10 Linux Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 12 NetWare Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the SDMS NWPA driver for the Novell NetWare versions 4 XX and 5 XX operating systems It provides installation instructions for new and existing systems along with command line options This chapter includes these topics e Section 12 1 Introduction page 12 1 e Section 12 2 Using NWPA NetWare Drivers page 12 4 e Section 12 3 Installing Drivers for NetWare page 12 6 e Section 12 4 Using the Command Line Options page 12 9 e Section 12 5 Important A
205. nation 0 at SCSI ID 2 the line in the CONFIG SyYS files that loads ASPI8xx Sys should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS DISCONNECT OFF lt 0 2 gt SYNC_RATE Sets the maximum synchronous transfer rate in megatransfers per second to or negotiate with a particular device The allowable values are 0 5 10 20 40 and 80 SR providing the host adapter is capable of the specified speed Specify 0 to turn off synchronous transfers for a particular device Syntax SYNCH_RATE n lt path id gt n lt path id gt To turn off synchronous transfers to the device attached to the first host adapter boot order designation 0 at SCSI ID 3 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads ASPI8XX SYS should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS SYNCH_RATE 0 lt 0 3 gt Note When executing synchronous transfers using an 8 bit SCSI bus Mbytes s megatransfers per second Also when doing synchronous transfers using a 16 bit SCSI bus Mbytes s 2 times megatransfers per second SYNCH_ Sets the maximum synchronous offset in bytes used to negotiate with a particular OFFSET device The maximum allowable values are 0 8 16 31 and 62 provided the host or adapter is capable of the specified offset Specify 0 zero to turn off synchronous SO transfers for a particular device The default value is the highest offset supported by your host adapter Syntax SYNCH_OFFSET n lt path id gt
206. nd perform one of the update methods described in the preceding paragraph 5 6 Using SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 SDMS ASPI for Windows 2000 is a software support package based on the ASPI for Win32 version 2 3 specification Refer to this specification 5 18 Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 6 1 Features for additional information The ASPI software provides a mechanism used by Windows applications as an interface to access SCSI adapters and peripherals The Windows 2000 ASPI software supports these features e Information about SCSI adapters e Information about SCSI devices e Ability to issue SCSI I O requests e Multithreaded and multitasking operations e 32 bit Windows applications 5 6 2 Description Windows 2000 ASPI meets the Advanced SCSI Programming Interface ASPI version 2 3 specification All Windows applications use this interface to gain access to system SCSI devices Applications using this interface can retrieve information about installed SCSI adapters and the SCSI peripherals attached to the adapters Applications using the ASPI interface can issue SCSI I O requests to the devices Typical of these type of applications are utility programs that investigate and explore SCSI devices or applications such as CD R mastering software and scanner applications Note that Windows 2000 ASPI is one method to use for gaining access to
207. nd sectors A disk made of metal and permanently sealed into a drive cartridge A hard disk can store very large amounts of information Host Bus Adapter An integrated circuit that supplies a bus connector to a computer system Also referred to as Host Adapter The computer system in which a SCSI host adapter is installed It uses the SCSI host adapter to transfer information to and from devices attached to the SCSI bus A circuit board or integrated circuit that provides a SCSI bus connection to the computer system A SCSI device installed inside the computer cabinet Internal SCSI devices are connected in a continuous chain using an unshielded ribbon cable Interrupt Request Channel A path through which a device can get the immediate attention of the computer s CPU The PCI bus assigns an IRQ path for each SCSI host adapter Industry Standard Architecture A type of computer bus used in most PCs It allows devices to send and receive data 16 bits at a time Kilobyte A measure of computer storage equal to 1024 bytes To produce an executable program from compiled modules programs routines libraries by merging the object code and resolving interconnecting references Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Local Bus Logical Unit LUN LVD Mainboard Main Memory Motherboard Multitasking Multithreading N Network NVRAM A way to con
208. ndard non INT13h devices Syntax parity lt option gt targetIDlist Default value on Valid options on off parity ecc Description of each option parity error checking is enabled parity error checking is disabled bus parity is enabled without error checking parity error checking is enabled Function Controls parity error checking for the specified target ID s This option allows you to enable disable the SCSI bus data integrity checking feature known as parity Some SCSI devices do not generate parity in which case this option allows disabling this feature Read Capacity Syntax readcap lt option gt targetlDlist readcap Default value on or Valid options on off rc Function Enables a read capacity command during initial scan to the target ID s This option allows you to disable issuing the read capacity command during an initial scan to the target ID s Syntax scan lt option gt targetlDlist lun Dlist Default value list Valid options on off list or order Function Specify Logical Unit Numbers LUNs to scan This option allows you to enable the number of LUNs for scanning per the target ID s on the SCSI bus Using the Command Line Options 12 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 12 1 Customizable Options for NWPA Drivers Cont Syntax slot lt option gt targetlDlist Default value None Valid options 0 10099 Function Speci
209. ndows 2000 so that it does not overwrite the information in the Windows NT section of your hard drive For example the WINNT location appears Step 18 Press Esc to use a different location Step 19 Type in WIN2K for the system to create a new folder Step 20 Press Enter Step 21 Follow the Microsoft Windows 2000 installation procedure at this point Troubleshooting 5 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 16 When the installation has completed you can move the files from the Windows NT WINNT folders to appropriate folders within the Windows 2000 WIN2k folder During installation no SCSI devices are found e Ensure that the custom setup is chosen on the Setup Method screen e Ensure that all devices are powered on and terminated correctly e Check that no devices have duplicate SCSI IDs e Make sure INTA is assigned for the PCI slot s where your SCSI host adapter s are installed e Ensure that all devices can be seen in the display banner of the SDMS SCSI BIOS at boot time e For systems with some versions of the Award BIOS ensure that the PCI IRQ is set to edge triggered System crashes during installation with a message indicating inaccessible boot device e This error is usually associated with an IRQ DMA channel I O chip address or BIOS address conflict Set the SCSI host adapter to use a different interrupt e A virus sometimes causes this error that infects th
210. nect peripherals directly to computer memory It bypasses the slower ISA and EISA buses PCI is a local bus standard A subdivision either logical or physical of a SCSI device actually the place for the device on the SCSI bus Most devices have only one logical unit but up to eight are allowed for each of the eight possible devices ona SCSI bus Logical Unit Number An identifier zero to seven for a logical unit Low Voltage Differential LVD is a robust design methodology that improves power consumption data integrity cable lengths and support for multiple devices while providing a migration path for increased I O performance A large circuit board that holds RAM ROM the microprocessor custom integrated circuits and other components that make a computer work It also has expansion slots for host adapters and other expansion boards The part of a computer s memory which is directly accessible by the CPU usually synonymous with RAM See Mainboard The executing of more than one command at the same time This allows programs to operate in parallel The simultaneous accessing of data by more than one SCSI device This increases the data transfer rate A collection of devices such as computers and printers that are connected together A network is a tool for communication that allows users to store and retrieve information share printers and exchange information Nonvolatile Random Access Memory Actually an EEPR
211. ng inaccessible boot device e This error is usually associated with an IRQ DMA channel I O chip address or BIOS address conflict Set the SCSI host adapter to use a different interrupt through the system BIOS in CMOS e A virus sometimes causes this error that infects the Master Boot Record of the boot device Use a write protected DOS bootable flex containing virus scanning and cleaning software to check for any viruses on the boot device and remove if any are found A disk drive is recognized as seven different devices when only one is physically connected to the SCSI bus Older SCSI devices that incorrectly indicate to Windows NT that they support multiple LUNs usually cause this error e Contact the device manufacturer for a firmware upgrade e Ensure that there are no devices with the same SCSI ID as the host adapter board Troubleshooting 4 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 4 18 Problems with SCSI devices installation or operation If a SCSI device is not operating properly either the device is not found or a SCSI interface error occurs during scanning it is possible that the third party device drivers do not support the auto request sense feature of LSI Logic host adapters Disable the auto request sense feature as described below and try the device operation again Step 1 To disable the auto request feature use the SYMNO_AR REG file supplied with the SDMS driver files for
212. ng Ultra SCSI support 3 15 existing system installation 3 7 to 3 10 installing SDMS drivers 3 4 to 3 11 LSI Logic devices supported 3 2 multiple LSI Logic host adapters 3 19 new system installation 3 5 to 3 7 operating system 3 1 PCI high performance driver 3 3 preparing a drivers diskette 3 4 to 3 5 troubleshooting 3 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Windows NT adding registry entries 4 13 to 4 15 boot floppy disk installation 4 10 to 4 11 class drivers 4 1 creating NT fault tolerant floppy 4 15 device drivers description 4 5 features 4 4 disk mirroring 4 15 to 4 17 existing system installation 4 11 to 4 13 installing NT ASPI 4 33 to 4 34 INT13h function call 4 15 master boot record 4 17 maximum number of concurrent I Os 4 14 new system installation 4 7 to 4 11 operating system 4 1 PCI high performance driver 4 5 performance tuning 4 13 preparing an SDMS driver diskette 4 7 troubleshooting 4 17 Windows NT 4 0 server upgrading to Windows 2000 server 5 14 to 5 15 IX 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved IX 8 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Customer Feedback We would appreciate your feedback on this document Please copy the following page add your comments and fax it to us at the number shown If appropriate please also fax copies of any marked up pages from this document Important Please include you
213. ng difficulties disable disconnects for each device separately to see if the problem is resolved Back up your data and perform a low level format on the problem device You may be attempting to read from or write to a bad sector on your device Note Low level formatting will completely and irreversibly erase all data on the device It will default the drive to a 512 byte sector size even if the drive had previously been formatted with another sector size OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 8 SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the device driver for the SCO UNIX OpenServer 5 operating system It provides installation instructions for new and existing system installations and includes these topics e Section 8 1 Introduction page 8 1 e Section 8 2 Building an SDMS 4 0 BTLD PCI Diskette page 8 4 e Section 8 3 Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver page 8 6 e Section 8 4 Troubleshooting page 8 17 8 1 Introduction SCO OpenServer 5 is the first UNIX operating system licensed for IBM compatible microcomputers The integrated communications file system international application support and documentation create an ideal platform for those requiring a full featured UNIX based operating system SCO OpenServer takes full advantage of the capabilities of the 80386 and above microprocessors To connect S
214. ning of the target system s CONFIG SYS file regardless of where the line is located in that file on Diskette 1 You may need to rearrange the order in which drivers appear in the CONFIG sys file for the target system 2 The driver for the host adapter to which the boot device is attached must appear before all other BASEDEV drivers in the CONFIG SYS file 3 If you are installing both SDMS drivers and a host adapter containing the LSI53C895A chip the driver that will control the host adapter will be the driver that appears first in the CONFIG SyS file If one of the two SDMS drivers is controlling the boot drive that driver will also control the LSI53C895A chip since it must appear first in order for the boot drive to be recognized Refer to the OS 2 documentation to fully understand this requirement 7 4 Using Command Line Options Your host adapter has a default configuration that consists of optimal values for operation You may decide to alter these default values if there is a conflict between device settings or if you need to optimize system performance Some values may be changed using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility provided with some members of the LSI Logic family of host adapters Refer to your PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide for the availability and use of the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility In addition the SDMS OS 2 device drivers have several embedded functions that can
215. nstalled from the diskette onto your machine Messages about each installation appear accordingly Solaris 7 Two messages appear and prompt Do you want to create a new instance of this package y n q Type n for No and press Enter Installing the SDMS Solaris Driver 10 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 10 Step 20 Step 21 Step 22 Step 23 Step 24 Do you want to overwrite this installed instance y n q Type y for Yes to overwrite the old driver and press Enter Solaris 8 This message appears and prompts Do you want to create a new instance of this package y n q Type y for Yes and press Enter Insert the SYMHISL ITU diskette into the floppy drive Remove the Driver ITU diskette from the diskette drive if drivers on other Solaris Driver ITU diskettes are required The system will prompt you with this message If you have additional Update diskettes to install such as video please insert diskette now Additional Update diskettes to install y n Type y for Yes if applicable Repeat this process until all drivers you need are installed When you type n for No and press Enter this message appears Solaris 7 Installation of lt SYMhisl gt was successful Solaris 7 The system continues with the installation process Go to step 23 Solaris 8 Installation of lt SYMhisl gt was successful Solaris 8 The system automatically reboot
216. nt Under Windows 95 98 the ASPI support is bundled with the operating system 3 6 1 Features 3 20 The SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 support these features e Examination of SCSI device parameters e Power management support e Disk cache management support Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 6 2 Installing SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 To install the SCSI Tools software for Windows 95 98 you execute an InstallShield setup program If you obtained the software from the LSI Logic web site it is in the form of a self extracting zip file Expand the zip file into a directory on the hard disk drive or to a diskette and then run SETUP EXE program If you obtained this software from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM run the SETUP EXE program directly from CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS SYMTOOLS I386 The setup program installs the SCSI Tools files into the proper directories and makes the appropriate registry entries Reboot your computer after installing the software Using SCSI Tools for Windows 95 98 3 21 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 22 Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 4 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation
217. o examine the content you can still apply the patch either by recompressing with gzip or by replacing gzip d lt with cat in the script file Step 5 Reconfigure and rebuild the kernel 1 Rebuild the kernel in the usual way for your platform LSI Logic strongly recommends that you make an emergency boot diskette prior to rebuilding the kernel See your system documentation or use the online documentation man mkbootdisk for more information To rebuild the kernel on an 1386 platform type at the prompt cd usr src linux make mrproper to reset to default state make xconfig or make menuconfig At this point enable the Joliet file system for CD ROMs under the Filesystems option Then continue typing each command all on one line make dep mak clean make bzImage for an Alpha platform make boot make modules Linux Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved make modules_install cd boot rm System map vmlinuz module info cp usr src linux System map System map lt kernel version gt ln s System map lt kernel version gt System map cp usr src linux arch i386 boot bzImage vmlinuz lt kernel version gt ln s vmlinuz lt kernel version gt vmlinuz Warning If you modify the previous kernel and are using lilo you must update and run
218. o the registry by using the SYM_256K REG file This file will set a 256 Kbytes maximum but it can be edited to set other desired maximum transfer sizes Important Be sure to read the information in the SYM_256K REG data file before editing it Choose one of two methods to add this registry setting 1 Locate the SYM_256K REG data file Supplied with the driver files using Windows Explorer and double click on the file or 2 Type at the command prompt REGEDIT SYM_256K REG This inserts an entry into the registry to enable 256 Kbytes block size support Editing the SYM_256K REG file can set any maximum block size between 64 Kbytes and 1 Mbyte 8 Kbytes The formula to calculate the proper value for MaximumSGList is MaximumSGList Maximum Block Size 4K 1 Performance Tuning for Windows NT 4 0 4 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved For 256 Kbytes 256 Kbytes 4 Kbytes 64 add 1 for 65 decimal or 0x41 hexadecimal The maximum value allowed for MaximumSGLIst is 255 or OxFF This denotes an absolute maximum transfer size of 1040384 which is 8 Kbytes less than 1 Mbyte 1040384 4K OxFE add 1 for OxFF or 255 Reboot your system for the new registry setting to be effective To reset the maximum block size to the default of 64 Kbytes follow the instructions above and use SYMDFBLK REG as the data file 4 4 2 Maximum Number of Concurrent I Os Guarant
219. occur to the system as a result of running this utility The first screen displays a Help button Click on the Help button for a detailed explanation about what tests and checks are performed on the system A majority of the information received by this utility is by using ASPI commands Therefore this utility is most helpful if an ASPI manager is DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved loaded at the time it is run Although some limited information can be found without one an error is reported if it does not find an ASPI manager Note that any vendor s ASPI manager suffices 6 6 3 3 Running the DOS Verify Utility To run this utility three files are required 6SYMDIAG EXE e Z VER DAT e ASPI8XX SYS if not installed already in the CONFIG sys file If ASPI8XX SYS already exists on the system and the driver line points to it in the CONFIG sys file you do not need it in the same directory as SYMDIAG EXE It is included here in case an install of the drivers has not yet taken place If this is the case add the following line to the CONFIG SYS file DEVICE path ASPI8XX SYS Then reboot the system for it to take effect The path specified in the above line is your choice C LSILogic is recommended and ASPT8XX SYS must be copied to that location The recommended minimum memory requirement for this utility is 2 Mbytes You need
220. ocol providing quadruple the raw data transfer rate of Fast SCSI The SYM_U3 SyYS driver supports Ultra160 SCSI protocol providing speeds up to 160 Mbytes s data transfer rates using double transition clocking Ultra160 also provides CRC PPR and Domain Validation The Ultra160 SCSI protocol performs 80 megatransfers per second resulting in approximately double the synchronous data transfer rates of Ultra2 SCSI Caution Ultra SCSI requires more stringent SCSI bus cabling setups than Fast SCSI Ultra2 and Ultra160 SCSI require LVD termination Using the SDMS Windows 2000 Drivers 5 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note Please keep in mind that the Windows 2000 text mode setup only displays the driver information not every controller found by that driver 5 3 Installing Drivers for Windows 2000 This section provides installation instructions for new and existing Windows 2000 systems 5 3 1 New System Installation This procedure installs the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A and or SYM_U3 SyYS drivers onto a Windows 2000 system Use this procedure when installing Windows 2000 onto an unused SCSI drive Windows 2000 automatically adds the driver to the registry and copies the driver to the appropriate directory Refer to the Microsoft documentation about using boot floppy diskettes as a method of installation 5 3 1 1 CD ROM Installation 5 6 The SYMC8xx SYS and SYM_HI SyYS drivers are
221. of data to and from system memory by blocks as opposed to PIO Programmed I O where the flow is by byte This feature has less of an impact on the CPU Distributed Management Interface This is a remote management tool to run across standard OS platforms to report on asset and configuration information for adapters and devices Domain Validation is a software procedure in which a host queries a device to determine its ability to communicate at the negotiated Ultra160 data rate In Double Transition DT Clocking data is sampled on both the asserting and deasserting edge of the REQ ACK signal DT clocking may only be implemented on an LVD SCSI bus Extended Industry Standard Architecture An extension of the 16 bit ISA bus standard It allows devices to perform 32 bit data transfers A SCSI device installed outside the computer cabinet These devices are connected in a continuous chain using specific types of shielded cables A standard for SCSI data transfers It allows a transfer rate of up to 10 Mbytes s over an 8 bit SCSI bus and up to 20 Mbytes s over a 16 bit SCSI bus A named collection of information stored on a disk Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations A 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Format H Hard Disk HBA Host Host Adapter Internal SCSI Device IRQ ISA Kbyte Link A 4 To prepare a disk to receive information by organizing its surface into tracks a
222. ok like this DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS ASK EXCLUDE Allows you to exclude a path id 1lun combination from being scanned or controlled by SYMDISK SYS The path parameter is mandatory with all ids and luns for that path excluded by default if just the path is specified To use this option the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SYMDISK SYS should look like this DEVICE C PATH S ISK SYS EXCLUDE path id lun path id lun For example if path 0 id 2 and lun 0 are designated then the command line should look like this DEVICE C PATH SYMDISK SYS EXCLUDE 0 2 0 Note A limit of 24 path id 1lun combinations is allowed 6 14 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 2 SYMDISK SYS Command Line Options Cont Description UNITS Allows the use of removable media such as cartridge hard drives each of which might have a different number of partitions If media with more than one partition are used set this option to the maximum number of partitions on any one media LSI Logic recommends that you use this option when using removable media with more than one partition To use this option the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyMDISK SyYS should look like this all on one line DEVICE C PATH SYMD
223. ompts for the LUN of the tape drive Type 0 zero and press Enter The system then prompts to update the SCSI Configuration file Type y and press Enter The system prompts for a Vendor Identification string SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 10 Type the desired string or press Enter to use the default value The system prompts for a SCSI version Step 11 Type the desired version or press Enter to use the default value The system prompts for a Response Data Format Step 12 Type the desired format or press Enter to use the default value The system displays the tape drive types that are supported Step 13 Type the number of the tape drive type that matches the tape drive that is being installed and press Enter The system displays a list of links to the installed tape and the current boot string Step 14 Type the desired string rm to remove the string or q to quit and press Enter The system displays the SCSI on Enhanced Tape Drive Configuration menu Step 15 Type q and press Enter to terminate this menu The system displays the Tape Drive Configuration Program menu Step 16 Type q and press Enter to terminate this menu The system prompts to create a new kernel Step 17 Type y if this is the last device to be added or Type n if additional devices are to be added later Step 18 Go to Section 8 3
224. on after the Windows 95 98 Me installation has completed Follow these instructions for new system installations Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Start the Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me Setup according to the Microsoft instructions Setup enters the hardware detection phase after a system reboot If the message Symbios PCI SCSI Host Adapter appears then the bundled driver supports the host adapter and it installs automatically After the Windows installation has completed you can install the SYMC8xXX MPD SYM_HI MPD and or SYM_U3 MPD drivers according to the instructions for an existing system installation If the bundled driver does not support the host adapter Setup displays a New Hardware Found PCI SCSI Bus Controller dialog box Select Driver from disk provided by hardware manufacturer and click OK Note If ASPI8xx sys the SDMS 4 0 DOS ASPI driver is loaded Step 5 when beginning the Windows 95 98 Me installation no messages about PCI SCSI Bus Controllers will appear The installation completes but real mode disk drivers are used Refer to Section 3 3 4 Verifying Correct Driver Installation page 3 11 for more information To install the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD drivers which disable loading of the ASPI8Xx SYS driver under Windows 95 98 Me refer to Section 3 3 3 Existing System Using ASPI8XX SYS DOS ASPI Driver page 3 10 for installatio
225. on y lt winnt_directory gt where multi 0 and disk 0 should always remain the same x the drive number of the mirrored partition in the INT13h chain minus 80h Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The drive number of the mirrored partition can be found during system bootup of the SDMS 4 XX PCI SCSI BIOS when the primary partition does not exist It should say either BOOT 80h 81h 82h or higher Therefore the value of x would be 0 when BOOT 1 when 81h 2 when 82h etc y the partition number on the drive starts at 1 which equals single partition on the drive Step 5 The next example provides a scenario to better illustrate the above information Example Two LSI Logic 8xx host adapters are in the system The first host adapter 0 which is the boot path has two SCSI hard drives on ID 0 and ID 5 The second host adapter 1 has two SCSI hard drives on ID 2 and ID 4 Assuming that the SCSI bus scan starts from ID 0 and goes up the drive number of INT13h will look like this Host Adapter 0 ID 0 BOOT which is 80h Host Adapter 0 ID 5 81h Host Adapter 1 ID 2 82h Host Adapter 1 ID 4 83h Now Windows 2000 is installed on the boot drive host adapter 0 ID 0 and a mirrored partition is established on host adapter 1 ID 2 If the primary partition fails for example due to power failure then the drive number of INT13h will change Host Ada
226. onfiguration data invalid saving default configuration appears if none of the information in NonVolatile Random Access Memory NVRAM is valid e Found SCSI Controller not in following Boot Order List to Add Press Ctrl C to start LSI Logic Configuration Utility or Adapter configuration may have changed reconfiguration is suggested could appear when fewer than four adapters are in the boot order and adapters exist in the system which are not in the boot order The SDMS SCSI BIOS does not control all devices detected by this configuration utility Devices such as tape drives and scanners require that a device driver specific to that peripheral be loaded To make changes with this menu driven utility one or more LSI Logic SCSI host adapters must have NVRAM to store the changes You can change four sets of configurations You make changes on subordinate menus called from the Main menu which is opened when you start the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility The subordinate menus are Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 2 5 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e Adapter Properties e Device Properties e Boot Adapter List e Global Properties All of these properties are controlled by menus you access through the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility s Main menu The Main menu also gives an overview of some properties of installed LSI Logic host adapter boards Important The SCSI BIOS Config
227. onnect enabled while some usually older devices run faster with disconnect disabled Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 15 Table 2 4 SCSI Timeout Field Type Value Executable 0 9999 Device Properties Menu Fields and Descriptions Cont Description Indicates the maximum allowable time for completion of a SCSI operation in seconds Since timeouts provide a safeguard that allows the system to recover should an operation fail LSI Logic recommends that a value greater than zero be used A value of zero allows unlimited time for an operation to complete and could result in the system hanging waiting forever should an operation fail Note This field is executable and must be selected with the Enter key You also input the new value with the number keys from either the keyboard or number pad Queue Tags Configuration On Off Indicates whether to allow the use of queue tags for a device Currently the BIOS does not use queue tags This item specifies queue tag control to higher level device drivers Boot Choice Configuration Yes No Indicates whether this device can be selected as the boot device This option is only applicable to devices attached to adapter number zero in the boot list on non BBS systems It provides primitive BBS flexibility to non BBS systems Executable Allows low level formatting on a disk drive if enabled Low level formatting w
228. oot the system to the DOS prompt A gt Type FLASH8X5 and press Enter The first screen displayed indicates what files are necessary to upgrade and general instructions to upgrade Press Enter to continue to the next window The Main menu for the Flash Utility appears and displays these six choices Oo OV B ow m Update current SCSI EEPROM Backup current SCSI EEPROM View board summary Exit to DOS Reboot About Flash8x5 Additional DOS Utilities 6 31 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 32 LSI Logic recommends that you view the board summary option 3 and perform a backup option 2 prior to updating the flash The view identifies the SCSI controller its Device ID the Flash ROM and the current BIOS version The backup stores the old BIOS image currently residing in the flash ROM to the diskette In the event that there are problems with the new image you can get back to the original one To update the current SCSI BIOS follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Choose option 1 to give you a summary of boards Press the space bar to mark select at least one even if there is only one to choose from Press Enter A new window appears asking for the file name of the BIOS to upgrade Type the filename at the A prompt and press Enter or Press F2 to view the available files on the diskette If you pr
229. op Open the Install Remove folder and then double click on the Device Driver Install icon Insert the diskette containing the SDMS device driver s in the source drive The system will find all DDP files on the diskette and automatically install the corresponding drivers Verify that the installation was successful by following steps 4 through 7 Open the Utilities folder located within the Programs folder on the OS 2 Desktop Double click on the OS 2 System Editor to start the editor Open the CONFIG sys file in the root directory and find the line s BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V and or BASEDEV SYM_HI ADD V If installing both drivers make sure that the BASEDEV lines for the drivers appear in the CONFIG sys file in the order in which the drivers must load Refer to the Section 7 3 2 1 Driver Order in the CONFIG SYS File in this document to understand the importance of driver order Check the appropriate drivers are in the OS2 BooT directory on the boot drive 7 3 2 1 Driver Order in the CONFIG SYS File 7 8 Because of the way OS 2 assigns drive letters the order in which drivers appear in the CONFIG SyS file is important The drivers must appear in the order in which the drive letters are to be assigned In particular OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 1 OS 2 will install the BASEDEV line at the begin
230. options Number of handles Function Defines the maximum number of bus device target handles This option allows you to set a number of handles for the bus device target s present on your system Larger configurations should increase this value to the total number of bus device target s in a system Host SCSI ID hostscsiid or hostid or hid Syntax hostscsiid lt option gt targetIDlist Default value 7 Valid options Can range between 0 7 for narrow bus or between 0 15 for wide bus Function SCSI Identifier of an adapter This option indicates the SCSI bus host identifier of an adapter LSI Logic recommends that the SCSI bus host identification value be set to 7 Syntax lun Default value off Valid options Not applicable Function Enables NWPA scan for Logical Unit Numbers LUNs This option allows you to enable NWPA scan for LUNs Minimum Timeout mintimeout or mint Syntax mintimeout lt option gt targetlDlist Default value 0 a value of zero disables this feature Valid options 0 1200 Function Specifies the minimum device timeout in seconds This option allows you to use a timeout mechanism to support particularly slow devices When a drive issues a command to a SCSI device a timer is started If the timer expires before the command completes the driver assumes something has gone wrong and takes steps to recover The minimum setting is zero 0 which represents no timeout Ne
231. opyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 4 4 Fields Sync Rate Mbytes s The settings in this menu affect individual SCSI devices attached to the selected host adapter Double click on one of the displayed devices to change the listed options Use the scroll bar on the right side of the Device Selections menu to scroll down the list of possible SCSI IDs devices Table 4 4 provides a description of the fields on this menu Field Type Value Configuration 20 40 80 Device Selections Fields and Descriptions Descriptions Indicates the maximum data transfer rate the host adapter will attempt to negotiate The host adapter and a SCSI device must agree to a rate they can both handle The width column affects this value Width bits Configuration Indicates the maximum SCSI data width the host adapter will attempt to negotiate The host adapter and a SCSI device must agree to a width they can both handle Only host adapters that can do 16 bit data transfers have this option enabled Disconnect Configuration On Off Tells the host adapter whether or not to allow a device to disconnect SCSI devices have the ability to disconnect from the initiator during an I O transfer This disconnect frees the SCSI Bus to allow other I O processes Some devices run faster with disconnects enabled mostly newer devices while some run faster with disconnects disabled mostly older devices
232. or if it finds a sector larger than the default it refuses to read write to that media This driver reports an invalid media error to DOS About the SYMDISK SYS Driver 6 15 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 2 SPINDOWN SYMDISK SYS Command Line Options Cont Description Use this power management feature to automatically spindown a disk when the disk is not accessed for a specified amount of time The default spindown time is 15 minutes You can specify a new spindown time in hours and minutes hh mm with a minimum time of 1 minute To use this option the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyMDISK SyYS should look like this all on one line DEVICE C PATH S ISK SYS SPINDOWN hh mm lt path id lun gt hh mm lt path id lun gt For example to spindown a device on path 0 id 2 and lun 0 after one hour and five minutes of inactivity the command line should look like this DEVICE C PATH S ISK SYS SPINDOWN 1 5 lt 0 2 0 gt To spindown all devices after the default time out of 15 minutes the command line should look like this DEVICE C PATH S ISK SYS SPINDOWN lt gt The lt gt are required when you specify a path id 1un in this option 6 4 5 Troubleshooting 6 16 Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are The computer locks up
233. oration Order Number S14051 LS122902 PCI to Ultra2 SCSI Dual Channel Low Profile PCI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 0 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number 14039 Preface v Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved vi LS I22903 PCI to Ultra160 Dual Channel SCSI Low Profile PCI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number 14045 A LSI21040 PCI to Dual Channel Ultra160 SCSI Host Adapter User s Guide Version 1 1 LSI Logic Corporation Order Number S14043 B Ultra160 SCSI PCI Host Adapters User Guide Version 1 0 LSI Logic Corporation only available in PDF format from the LSI Logic Web Site http www 1lsilogic com Preface Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapier 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Contents Using the SDMS Software 1 1 Introduction 1 2 Overview 1 3 SDMS Device Drivers 1 4 Basic Guidelines SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility 2 1 Introduction 2 1 1 Features 2 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported 2 2 Boot Initialization with BBS 2 2 1 CD ROM Boot Initialization 2 3 Using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 2 3 1 User Inputs 2 4 Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 2 4 1 Accessing the Configuration Utility Main Menu 2 4 2 Adapter Properties Menu 2 4 3 Device Properties Menu 2 4 4 Boot Adapter List Menu 2 4 5 Global Properties Menu 2 5 Exiting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 1 1 E 1 4 2al 2
234. orporation All rights reserved BIOS Bit Boot Disk Bundled Bus Bus Mastering Byte C CD ROM Compile Configuration CPU CRC A 2 Basic Input Output System Software that provides basic read write capability Usually kept as firmware ROM based The system BIOS on the mainboard of a computer is used to boot and control the system The SCSI BIOS on your host adapter acts as an extension of the system BIOS A binary digit The smallest unit of information a computer uses The value of a bit 0 or 1 represents a two way choice such as on or off true or false and so on A hard disk or diskette that contains an operating system which can be booted to set the computer into operation Drivers are distributed with the operating system by the OS vendor A collection of unbroken signal lines across which information is transmitted from one part of a computer system to another Connections to the bus are made using taps on the lines A high performance way to transfer data The host adapter controls the transfer of data directly to and from system memory without bothering the computer s microprocessor This is the fastest way for multitasking operating systems to transfer data A unit of information consisting of eight bits Compact Disk Read Only Memory An optical storage technology that uses compact disks to store up to 650 Mbytes of data per disk To translate source code written in a high level langu
235. our manufacturer for a new adapter SYMHISL lt n gt Unknown synchronous value in NVM data x The symhis1 driver needs to be updated to understand this new synchronous configuration data value Until the driver is updated synchronous mode will be disabled SYMHISL lt n gt Unknown width value in NVM data x The symhis1 driver needs to be updated to understand this new wide configuration data value Until the driver is updated wide mode will be disabled SYMHISL lt n gt Unable to make reset notification callbacks The symhisi driver was unable to notify the target device driver of a SCSI bus reset The target driver may start to malfunction because of this issue SYMHISL lt n gt Disabling queue tags for target ID x The symhis1 driver has determined that the specified target is no longer responding to queue tagged I O in a proper manner and has disabled queue tags for that device This usually means that the specified device does not support queue tags To disable this message disable queue tags for the given device using the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility SYMHISL lt n gt Device ID x LUN x not supported A Solaris target driver attempted to initialize a device whose SCSI target ID was out of the support range or whose LUN was not zero This warning is most likely triggered by illegal entries in the target driver s conf file SYMHISL lt n gt ddi_dma_sync failed for data buffer Data corruption may occur
236. ovides static general help text information Boot Initialization with BBS 2 3 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 3 1 User Inputs You make configuration changes in the main area of the menu As in the example menus it is lighter in color than the header or footer areas Table 2 1 lists the various keyboard options you use to make changes Settings with grey or yellow text can be changed settings with white text cannot This is true regardless of the Color Mono setting chosen Table 2 1 Keyboard Options Keyboard Options Description F1 Help Provides context sensitive help for the cursor resident field F2 menu Sets cursor context to the menu Area Select a menu item and press Enter This option is only available from the Main menu Arrow Keys Select Move the cursor up down left or right Item Change Item Changes items with values in brackets Use the and keys in the top row of the main keyboard or use the numeric keypad and keys to change values When pressed they toggle a modifiable field to its next relative value toggles the value up and toggles the value down Esc Abort Exit Aborts the current context operation and or exits the current screen This option calls an Exit menu described further in Section 2 5 Exiting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility page 2 22 Home End Select Item Moves the cu
237. pacity e 101 010 128 Kbyte capacity e 201 020 256 Kbyte capacity Host adapters supported are e LSI8150SP e LSI8251AD e LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP e LSI8750SP LSI8751D e LSI8751SPE LSI8751SP e LSI8951U LSI8952U LSI8953U e LS122801 LSI22802 e LS122910 LSI21002 e LS122915A LSI21040 e LS122902 LSI22903 e LS1I20160 LSI20160L Additional DOS Utilities 6 33 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 34 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 7 OS 2 Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the device drivers for the OS 2 operating system It provides installation instructions for new and existing system installations along with command line information This chapter includes these topics e Section 7 1 Introduction page 7 1 e Section 7 2 Using the SDMS OS 2 Drivers page 7 5 e Section 7 3 Installing Drivers for OS 2 page 7 5 e Section 7 4 Using Command Line Options page 7 9 e Section 7 5 Troubleshooting page 7 17 7 1 Introduction The OS 2 operating system version 4 0 or later provides an integrated platform featuring the Presentation Manager graphical windowing interface that allows multiple applications to be viewed at the same time Multitasking is also supported enabling several different programs to run at the same time in different windows Presentation
238. pe at the command prompt ps f grep vold Step 3 To temporarily stop Volume Management if it is running type this command at the system prompt etc init d volmgt stop Step 4 Insert the Solaris Driver ITU diskette into the diskette drive Step 5 Mount the SYMHISL ITU diskette at the mnt mount point mount F pcfs dev diskette mnt You must mount the Solaris Driver ITU diskette at this point in the file structure to update your system successfully Step 6 Solaris 7 Execute the install script on the diskette mnt DU sol_27 i86pc Tools install sh i or Solaris 8 Execute the install script on the diskette mnt DU sol_28 i86pc Tools install sh i The install sh script searches for all new or updated drivers on the diskette When a new or updated driver is found this prompt appears Unconditionally installing ITUs lt ITU driver names gt Installing the SDMS Solaris Driver 10 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Do you want to create a new instance of this package y n q Step 7 Type n for No If you specify yes then this message appears Do you want to overwrite this installed instance Step 8 Type y for Yes to overwrite the old driver Step 9 Unmount the diskette when the installation has completed and the install sh script exits by typing at the command prompt cd umount mnt Step 10 Remove the Solaris Driver ITU diskette from the diskette drive Step 11 Reboot your m
239. press F3 to specify the path to search for the driver enter the drive letter B and press Enter The LSI8XXNW HAM LSTHINW HAM or LSI_U3NW HAM driver appears as a Selection Installing Drivers for NetWare 12 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 The system prompts you with the limited available command line options for loading the driver A description of each option appears in the box at the bottom of the installation screen A more detailed description is also available in Section 12 4 Using the Command Line Options page 12 9 Modify any option values as needed for this installation Load a separate instance of the driver for every LSI Logic controller SCSI channel or host adapter present in the system Accept the slot numbers displayed when prompted for a slot number Make sure to write these slot numbers down for use in Step 8 Edit the STARTUP NCF file when the system prompts you to do so Make sure the LSI8XXNW HAM LSIHINW HAM or LSI_U3NW HAM is loaded once per LSI Logic controller SCSI channel present in the system Add the statement SLOT lt slot number gt to each load line in the STARTUP NCF specifying the slot numbers written down in Step 6 with only one slot number per load instance The system loads the Ham driver s for each LSI Logic controller SCSI channel from the first LOAD statement to the last LOAD statement
240. priate BASEDEV line BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V Or BASEDEV SYM_HI ADD V exists in the CONFIG SYS file Check the ordering of BASEDEV entries in the CONFIG SYS file to be sure that the boot device is loaded first Verify that the correct driver is in the appropriate directory OS2 BO0T Check the cable connections and the host adapter installation Verify that the adapter is not turned off in the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility and that the adapter is not excluded using the EXCLUDE command line option The computer hangs or locks up when booting and the SCSI devices attached are not seen by the computer system Make sure that all the SCSI devices are configured at different ID numbers If booting the system from a device on the SCSI bus the boot drive must have the lowest ID or the highest ID This depends on the scan order option selected in the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Make sure both but only the ends of the SCSI bus are terminated Make sure the device driver is listed in the CONFIG SYS file and loads when the system boots Troubleshooting 7 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 7 18 The device driver does not see one of the SCSI devices e Make sure the SCSI devices have different ID numbers e Make sure both but only the ends of the SCSI bus are terminated e Check the cable and power connections e Check the ordering of BASEDEV
241. pt requests verification that the device you are adding is a wide 16 bit device as only wide devices may have IDs greater than 7 Step 6 Type y and press Enter if the device is wide or Type n and press Enter if an ID greater than 7 is incorrectly entered for a narrow 8 bit device The Target ID prompt is then reissued so you can enter the correct Target ID The system prompts for the Logical Unit Number LUN of the disk drive Step 7 Type the desired LUN and press Enter or press Enter for the default value of zero The system prompts you to update the SCSI Configuration file Step 8 Type y and press Enter if the displayed values are correct or Type nif the values are incorrect and return to Section 8 3 2 1 Adding a SCSI Disk Drive page 8 10 A system prompt appears to create a new kernel Step 9 Type y if you are adding only one device or this is the last device to be added or Type n if additional devices are to be added later Step 10 Go to Section 8 3 2 4 Rebuilding the Kernel page 8 15 if you replied y return to Section 8 3 2 1 Adding a SCSI Disk Drive page 8 10 if you replied n 8 3 2 2 Adding a SCSI Tape Drive If you are not adding a SCSI tape drive to this system go to Section 8 3 2 3 Adding a SCSI CD ROM Drive page 8 13 Step 1 To add a SCSI tape drive type at the command prompt mkdev tape Press Enter The Tape Drive Configuration Program menu appears In
242. pter 0 ID 5 BOOT which is 80h Host Adapter 1 ID 2 81h Host Adapter 1 ID 4 82h Therefore to boot from the mirrored partition enter this line in the BOOT INI file on the Windows 2000 FT boot floppy multi 0 disk 0 rdisk 1 partition 1 lt winnt_directory gt where the host adapter is 1 with ID2 Note that rdisk 1 was calculated from x 81h minus 80h Step 6 Save the BOOT INI and restore the read only attribute Performance Tuning for Windows 2000 5 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 5 Troubleshooting 5 14 Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are Upgrading Windows NT 4 0 Server to Windows 2000 Server Follow these steps to retain file folders created within Windows NT Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Boot your Windows NT 4 0 computer The system displays your computer s desktop Insert the Windows 2000 installation CD ROM The system prompts to ensure you want to upgrade your server Reply yes A window appears and asks if you want to upgrade to Windows 2000 Click on the Next button The system prompts with a license agreement Read the license agreement and select the radio button that reads I accept this Agreement Click on the Next button The system prompts for the serial number Type in the serial number assigned to your installation CD ROM Click on the Nex
243. pters in Using the NT Configuration Utility 4 21 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved your system and information about each of them Figure 4 2 illustrates the Main menu Figure 4 2 NT Configuration Main Menu File Options Help Devices Found IRQ Level LSI53C 1010 66 Peo LSI53C1010 66 4 6 2 2 Main Menu Bar The menu bar offers three items e File e Options e Help The menu bar provides a drop down menu displaying more choices Click on the menu item to display the selections Table 4 1 provides a description of each menu choice 4 22 Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 4 1 Main Menu Bar and Footer Displays the menu path for Save and Exit choices To save NVRAM data pertinent to the adapters using the NT Configuration Utility select Save To exit from the NT Configuration Utility select Exit Note No automatic update to the adapter s is done Select Save or click on the Accept button to save all changes Options Displays utility or adapter configuration options to change To change the language used for the interface select Language This list is dynamic and is based on the number type of language DLLs found in the directory with the executable To change settings for host adapter cards select Adapter Settings To change settings for SCSI devices select Device Selections To execute Doma
244. ptions Main Menu Fields and Descriptions Adapter Properties Menu Fields and Descriptions Device Properties Menu Fields and Descriptions Boot Adapter List Menu Fields and Descriptions Global Properties Fields and Descriptions Main Menu Bar and Footer Main Menu Fields and Descriptions Adapter Properties Fields and Descriptions Device Selections Fields and Descriptions Adjustments Fields and Descriptions Test Procedures Fields and Descriptions ASPI8XX Command Line Options SYMDISK SYS Command Line Options SYMCD SYS Command Line Options OS 2 Command Line Options FDIMAGE Information Selection Options FDIMAGE Information Selection Options FDIMAGE Information Selection Options LSI Logic Family of Chips Supported Customizable Options for NWPA Drivers DOS Drivers and Descriptions Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 4 2 8 2 10 2 15 2 19 2 21 4 23 4 24 4 25 4 27 4 30 4 31 6 7 6 14 6 21 il 8 5 9 4 10 5 11 3 12 11 12 18 xvii xviii Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 1 Using the SDMS Software This chapter describes the LSI Logic Storage Device Management System SDMS software and includes these topics e Section 1 1 Introduction page 1 1 e Section 1 2 Overview page 1 2 e Section 1 3 SDMS Device Drivers page 1 4 e Section 1 4 Basic Guidelines page 1 4 1 1 Introduction The LSI Logic PCI SDMS i
245. r including SCSI 2 tape devices using NWTAPE CDM 12 2 Using NWPA NetWare Drivers 12 4 You will install NetWare as described in the Novell NetWare Installation Manual The information in subsequent sections provides assistance during the installation process The SDMS NWPA NetWare drivers must be loaded once for each LSI Logic controller SCSI channel present in the system You must prepare an SDMS Driver Diskette before proceeding with the installation instructions NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 12 2 1 Preparing an SDMS NWPA Driver Diskette The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the NetWare NWPA drivers in this directory CD ROM Drive Letter DRIVERS NETWARE NWPA Copy the NWPA HAM drivers and installation files to the root directory of a clean 3 5 inch diskette Label this diskette SDMS NWPA Drivers Diskette You will use this diskette during the installation process You can also download current NetWare NWPA drivers from the LSI Logic Web site at http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this Web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Novell NetWare operating system for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download these drivers 12 2 2 Preparing your System for NWPA Drivers
246. r name phone number fax number and company address so that we may contact you directly for Clarification or additional information Thank you for your help in improving the quality of our documents PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Reader s Comments Fax your comments to LSI Logic Corporation Technical Publications M S E 198 Fax 408 433 4333 Please tell us how you rate this document PC Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide Place a check mark in the appropriate blank for each category Excellent Good Average Fair Poor Completeness of information Clarity of information Ease of finding information Technical content Usefulness of examples and illustrations Overall manual What could we do to improve this document If you found errors in this document please specify the error and page number If appropriate please fax a marked up copy of the page s Please complete the information below so that we may contact you directly for clarification or additional information Name Date Telephone Fax Title Department Mail Stop Company Name Street City State Zip Customer Feedback Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved You can find a current list of our U S distributors international distributors
247. r than LSI Logic Corporation this adapter requires a special driver provided by that manufacturer Please contact the manufacturer for assistance If the hardware is an older LSI Logic host adapter board contact Technical Support at 719 533 7230 and talk with a technician SYMHISL lt n gt Failed to map device registers The symhis1 driver was unable to access the hardware registers necessary for operation The operating system did not properly configure the PCI device SYMHISL lt n gt NVS error failed to restore value of reg property The symhis1 driver was able to access the resources needed to determine NVS configuration but was not able to return the system to its prior state Further configuration errors may occur SYMHISL lt n gt NVS error failed to map system memory NVS data cannot be used SYMHISL lt n gt NVS error failed to update reg property NVS data cannot be used SYMHISL lt n gt NVS error failed to allocate memory NVS data cannot be used SYMHISL lt n gt NVS error unable to find reg property NVS data cannot be used For each of the above errors the symhis1 driver was not able to access NVS configuration data to see if it exists On some systems this will not be a problem On other systems however NVS data contains the configuration information for this adapter and the symhis1 driver is not able to use that configuration This may cause you to manually confi
248. r the partitioning of the disk fails If your boot drive is a SCSI disk use the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to check the disk is assigned to SCSI ID 0 zero and is configured to host adapter 0 zero LUN O zero A SCSI tape drive is not seen during installation Use the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to check the tape drive is assigned to SCSI ID 2 and it is configured to host adapter 0 zero LUN 0 zero Also verify the ID of the tape drive does not conflict with any other SCSI device ID A SCSI CD ROM drive is not seen during installation Use the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility to check the CD ROM drive SCSI ID is set to 5 and it is configured to host adapter O zero LUN 0 zero Also verify the ID of the CD ROM drive does not conflict with any other SCSI device ID SCO OpenServer 5 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 9 UnixWare 7 Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the device driver for the UnixWare operating system It provides installation instructions for new and existing system installations and includes these topics e Section 9 1 Introduction page 9 1 e Section 9 2 Building the C8XX Driver Diskette page 9 3 e Section 9 3 Installing the C8XX Driver for Unixware page 9 5 e Section 9 4 Troubleshooting page 9 8 9 1 Introduction 9 1 1 Features UnixWare 7 extends the UNIX SVR4 2 oper
249. re set to perform wide transfers Syntax SYNCH_RATE n lt hba id gt n lt hba id gt where n 0 5 10 20 40 or 80 To turn off synchronous transfers to ID 3 on host adapter 0 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD SYNCH_RATE 0 lt 0 3 gt To set synchronous transfers to 10 Mbyte transfers per second on all devices on adapter 1 the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD SR 10 lt 1 gt Using Command Line Options 7 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 7 1 OS 2 Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description SYNCH_OFFSET Sets the maximum synchronous offset to negotiate with a particular device The or allowable values for this setting are 0 to the maximum synchronous offset SO supported by the specified adapter The LSI Logic controller chips support offsets up to 62 Refer to your host adapter user s guide for information on the maximum offset supported by your host adapter If 0 zero is specified for the synchronous offset value then synchronous transfers are turned off for any specified device The value set by this option only defines the maximum offset that is negotiated The resulting rate also depends on the device capability The default value is the maximum offset that is supported by a particular host adapter
250. ress Pattern IOs Apply Cancel The Adjustments box contains values that are changeable by you and passed to the Windows NT miniport driver when the tests are executed Double click on an entry to change its value The only values that can be permanently changed at this level are the Sync Speed and Bus Width values Once all three test procedures have passed with the specified values click on the Apply button to save these new values This action also exits you from this menu The SYM_U3 SYS miniport driver begins using these new values immediately Using the NT Configuration Utility 4 29 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 4 5 lists the fields within the Adjustments box along with their descriptions Table 4 5 Adjustments Fields and Descriptions Sync Speed Indicates starting synchronous value to be used by the miniport driver when negotiating with the drive to test Bus Width Indicates starting bus width value in bits to be used by the miniport driver when negotiating with the drive to test LVD Driver Signal Indicates the LVD Driver Signal strength requested for this test run A value other than Nominal will adjust this signal in order to run the requested test at a slightly altered LVD signal level Only applicable during the Stress Pattern IO test Req Ack Skew Indicates the Req Ack Skew value requested for this test run A value other than Nominal will adjust th
251. river files or the system files Patches with the same set and patch number but different extension dri or sys may be applied in any order 4 Apply the driver patches by editing the script file and replace lt your patch directory gt with the full path to the patches Type each command all on one line For example if the full path to your patches is home myself kernelpatches 2 2 13 then the script becomes echo Patching ncr53c8xx sym53c8xx to versions 3 3b and 1 6b kernel 2 2 13 cd usr src ln s home myself kernelpatches 2 2 13 source gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d00 2 2 13 gz patch p0 gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d01 dri 2 2 13 gz patch p0 gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d01 sys 2 2 13 gz patch p0 gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d02 dri 2 2 13 gz patch p0 Installing Your Linux Driver 11 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note 1 Note 2 gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d02 sys 2 2 13 gz patch p0 gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d03 dri 2 2 13 gz patch p0 gzip d lt source patch 53c8xx s01 d03 sys 2 2 13 gz patch p0 rm Source Execute the script by typing at the prompt script 2 2 13 The script must have execute permission If it does not set the permission by typing at the prompt chmod x script 2 2 13 If you uncompress the patch files t
252. rsor to the start end of a scrollable field Enter Execute lt ltem gt Executes options with values in lt gt brackets Press Enter to execute the field s associated function 2 4 Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility If you have SCSI BIOS version 4 XX and it includes the SDMS SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility you can change the default configuration of your SCSI host adapters You may decide to alter these default values if 2 4 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved there is a conflict between device settings or if you need to optimize system performance You can see the version number of your SCSI BIOS in a banner displayed on your computer monitor during boot If the utility is available the following message also appears on your monitor Press Ctrl C to start LSI Logic Configuration Utility This message remains on your screen for about five seconds giving you time to start the utility If you decide to press Ctrl C the message changes to Please wait invoking LSI Logic Configuration Utility After a brief pause your computer monitor displays the Main menu of the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility The following messages may appear during the boot process e Adapter removed from boot order parameters will be updated accordingly appears when an adapter is removed from the system or relocated behind a PCI bridge e c
253. rted 3 2 All LSI Logic devices and host adapters have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix No name changes have occurred for the SDMS Windows 95 98 Me drivers Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The SYMC8xXX MPD driver supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 e LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP e LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LS18251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD e LSI53C860 LSIS3C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 e LSI53C875 LSI53C875E LSI8750SP LSI8751SP LSI8751SPE LSI8751D e LSI53C876 LSI53876E LSI22801 LSI22802 e LSI53C885 e LSI53C895 LSI8951U LSI8952U The SYM_HI MPD driver supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C895A LSI8953U e LSI53C896 LSI22910 LSI21002 LSI22902 The SYM_U3 MPD driver supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C1000 LSI20160 LSI20160L e LSI53C01010 LSI22915A LSI22903 LSI21040 LSI21003 ITIG200U3LP 3 1 3 Description The SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD and SYM_U3 MPD drivers conform to the Microsoft specification for miniport drivers These drivers allow connection of SCSI devices includin
254. s to the host adapter Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 5 1 Enabling Disabling Ultra SCSI Support Settings in the adapter NVRAM control Ultra SCSI support These settings can be viewed or changed through the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility During system boot after the LSI Logic PCI SCSI BIOS banner the message Press Ctrl C to start Configuration Utility appears for a few seconds To enable disable Ultra SCSI support follow these steps Step 1 Press Ctrl C to start this utility Step 2 Select one of the adapters displayed then select Device Properties This shows the Sync Rate for each device and the selected adapter Step 3 Set the speed to 20 Mbytes s for an Ultra device for width of 8 or 40 Mbytes s for width of 16 or Set the speed to 10 Mbytes s for width of 8 or 20 Mbytes s for width of 16 to disable Ultra If the speed of the adapter itself is changed the speed for all devices will be set no higher than the adapter speed 3 5 2 Disabling Auto Request Sense Support When the system installs the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD and or SYM_U3 MPD drivers support for auto request sense is enabled Auto request sense is a feature of the adapter where certain device information is obtained automatically without system control thereby increasing overall performance However some third party peripheral drivers
255. s a GUI environment that incorporates many high level features refer to the Microsoft Windows 2000 documentation for details An I O manager handles I O requests in Windows 2000 To address a SCSI peripheral the I O manager goes through the appropriate drivers Windows 2000 provides class drivers for hard disk floptical CD ROM printer and scanner peripherals Other class drivers provided by peripheral manufacturers may be added to support new devices Tape device support is built into the operating system itself and does not require a class driver Microsoft provides the port driver and LSI Logic provides the miniport drivers which are called SyMc8xx SYS SYM_HT SYS SYM_895A SYS and PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 5 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 1 1 Features 5 2 SYM_U3 SYS The SYMC8xx SYS and SYM_HT SyS drivers are bundled with the Windows 2000 operating system The SYM_895A SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers are nonbundled drivers These miniport drivers complete the path to an LSI Logic controller or processor with an optional SDMS SCSI BIOS LSI Logic uses the same filenames for their drivers for different Windows operating systems The driver files are packaged either in separate subdirectories based on the Windows operating system or on different flex disks To determine the driver file for Windows 2000 note that the filename ends with Sys For example SYM
256. s a complete software package that solves the increasingly complex problem of managing system I O It seamlessly addresses hardware and software interfaces by supporting the LSI Logic family of SCSI processors and controllers and a wide range of SCSI peripheral devices At the same time it offers interoperability across application programs operating systems and host platforms SDMS 4 0 software provides a standard method to interface SCSI I O subsystems with devices operating systems and application software It also enhances system capabilities already provided by SCSI controllers and processors by facilitating system wide SCSI device access PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 1 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 1 1 illustrates the format of the LSI Logic SDMS software Figure 1 1 The LSI Logic SDMS Software Operating System Supports SDMS Storage Device Driver SDMS Storage BIOS Supports LSI Logic Controller or Processor 1 2 Overview An LSI Logic SCSI controller or processor can control peripherals such as hard disk drives CD ROM drives tape drives scanners and removable media You can connect up to 15 wide 16 bit SCSI peripheral devices or seven 8 bit SCSI peripheral devices by using the SCSI bus to a SCSI host adapter on which the SCSI controller or processor resides 1 2 Using the SDMS Software Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Lo
257. s at this point When the Solaris 7 installation has completed the message Installation complete appears Remove the diskette from the floppy drive The system automatically reboots When the Solaris operating environment is finished booting and running the new devices whose drivers that you installed are available for use To verify the version number for the Solaris 7 or Solaris 8 symhis1 driver type at the prompt modinfo grep sym After entering this command the system will display the version number Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 3 2 Existing System Installation Before adding new or updated drivers the newly supported hardware devices should be installed and configured according to the instructions in the corresponding Device Reference Page if any See the Device Reference Manual for Solaris Intel Platform Edition When the Solaris Intel Platform Edition software is already installed the simplest way to add new or updated drivers is to install the Driver ITU diskettes as patches on your system For more information about managing diskettes and drives see the System Administration Guide To add new or updated drivers follow these steps Step 1 Go to the root directory Step 2 To see if the Volume Management software is running on the machine that you are updating ty
258. s commands with synchronous data transfer rates up to 320 megabytes per second Low Voltage Differential LVD SCSI is required SCSI SPI 4 for Fast 160DT A host adapter and one or more SCSI peripherals connected by cables in a linear chain configuration The host adapter may exist anywhere on the chain allowing connection of both internal and external SCSI devices A system may have more than one SCSI bus by using multiple host adapters Any device that conforms to the SCSI standard and is attached to the SCSI bus by a SCSI cable This includes SCSI host adapters and SCSI peripherals A way to uniquely identify each SCSI device on the SCSI bus Each SCSI bus has eight available SCSI IDs numbered 0 through 7 or 0 through 15 for Wide SCSI The host adapter usually gets ID 7 giving it priority to control the bus Storage Device Management System An LSI Logic software product that manages SCSI system I O A hardware specification for connecting SCSI devices It references each SCSI signal to a common ground The entire set of programs procedures and related documentation associated with a computer system Software instructions written as text in a high level programming language It is readable by humans who know the language One of the ways data is transferred over the SCSI bus Transfers are clocked with fixed frequency pulses It is faster than asynchronous data transfer but cannot be used for certain kinds of transfers so som
259. s number 0 and dev func number AO the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads SyM8xx ADD should look like this BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD or EDEV SYM8XX ADD X lt F 0 A0 gt 7 12 OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 7 1 OS 2 Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description SYNCH_RATE or SR Sets the maximum synchronous transfer rate in Mbyte transfers per second to negotiate with a particular device The allowable values for this setting are 0 5 10 20 40 and 80 Mbyte transfers per second if the adapter is capable of the specified speed All host adapters in the LSI Logic family support at least 10 Mbyte transfers per second some support 20 40 or 80 Mbyte transfers per second To turn off synchronous transfers for a particular device specify 0 zero The value set by this option only defines the maximum transfer rate negotiated The actual rate also depends on the device s capability The default value is the fastest transfer rate that is supported by a particular host adapter Note The maximum synchronous transfer rates effectively double when the adapter and device permit wide transfers see the WIDTH option For example a synchronous transfer rate setting of 40 Mbyte transfers per second actually produces a transfer rate of 80 Mbyte transfers per second if the adapter and device both allow and a
260. s that allow you to customize the driver for circumstances that may be unique to any system environment Each command may be preceded by a or for backwards compatibility at the discretion of the user The line options with multiple names are simply aliases for the same command For example to specify a SCSI bus host identification value you could use one of these three aliases e HostScsild e Hostld e Hid In this case hostscsiid hostid and hid all specify the same option for the selection of the host adapter id NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The alpha case does not matter so you can intermix upper and lower case in any way Table 12 1 lists the customizable options for your NWPA HAM drivers Table 12 1 Customizable Options for NWPA Drivers Autosense Syntax autosense lt option gt targetlDlist autosense Default value on or Valid options on or off asense Function Enables sense data to be returned automatically for the specified target This option allows you to disable sense data if third party drivers do not support the autosense feature of the LSI Logic host adapters Domain Validation Syntax domainvalidation lt option gt targetlDlist domainvalidation Default value None or Valid options on off no width nowrrd noread dv Description of each option domain validation on all domain validation off no domain va
261. se instructions to install the drivers Step 1 Boot Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me Step 2 Click on the Start button Move to Settings gt Control Panel Step 3 Double click on the System icon Step 4 Click on the Device Manager tab Note If the SCSI controllers entry or the PCI LSI Logic C8XX SCSI Host Adapter entry do not exist the system is probably using the ASPT8xx SyS DOS ASPI driver Refer to Section 3 3 3 Existing System Using ASPI8XX SYS DOS ASPI Driver page 3 10 for more information Step 5 Either double click on the SCSI controllers entry or click once on the plus sign to the left of it Step 6 Select the PCI LSI Logic C8XX SCSI Host Adapter entry and click on the Properties button Installing Drivers for Windows 95 98 Me 3 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 3 8 Step 7 Click on the Driver button In Windows 95 the version of the currently active driver should display in the File details section In Windows 98 and Windows Me press the Driver File Details button to get this information to appear Note In certain versions of Windows 95 the version of the active driver appears as not available This operating system issue is fixed in later versions of Windows 95 To verify the version of the driver click on the Properties field of the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD file under the Version tab The MPD driver is generally foun
262. select the desired adapter and press Enter to add it to the end of the Boot Adapter List To remove an adapter from the boot list press the Delete key while on the desired adapter in the Boot Adapter List You can also change the boot order by using the or keys For example place the cursor on the adapter that you want to change and use the or key to raise or lower the boot order Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility 2 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 2 5 illustrates the Boot Adapter List menu Figure 2 5 Boot Adapter List Menu LSI Logic SDMS TM PCI SCSI Configuration Utility Version PCI 4 Xx 00 Boot Adapter List Insert Add an adapter Delete Remove an adapter Adapter Dev Boot Current Next Func Order Status Boot 3B 98 OEE On 53C1010 66 60 On On 53C1010 66 61 On On Hit Insert to select an adapter from this list lt S CIOS 0 98 gt lt 53C1010 66 0 60 gt lt 53C1010 66 0 61 gt F1 Help ArrowKeys Select Item Change Item Esc Abort Exit Home End Select Item Enter Execute lt Item gt 2 18 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 2 5 Adapter Table 2 5 lists the fields on this menu and their descriptions Boot Adapter List Menu Fields and Descriptions Field Type Value Information Description Indicates the spe
263. ses A piece of hardware such as a video monitor disk drive printer or CD ROM used with a computer and under the computer s control SCSI peripherals are controlled through a SCSI host adapter Programmed Input Output A way the CPU can transfer data to and from memory using the computer s I O ports PIO is faster than DMA but requires CPU time Also Port Number The address through which commands are sent to a host adapter This address is assigned by the PCI bus See Port Address Glossary of Terms and Abbreviations Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved POST PPR Processor Q Queue Tags RAM Removable Media RISC Core ROM S SCAM Scatter Gather Power On Self Test A set of routines stored in ROM that provides diagnostic tests for various system components before booting can proceed Parallel Protocol Request This method sends messages to negotiate synchronous data transfer agreement wide data transfer agreement and set the protocol options between two SCSI devices Negotiations using this message shall only be initiated by Initiators A computer hardware component that performs computations directed by software commands A way to keep track of multiple commands that allows for increased throughput on the SCSI bus Random Access Memory The computer s primary working memory in which program instructions and data are stored and are accessible to the CPU Infor
264. si initiator id value as displayed in the error message The allowable values are in the range 0 15 SYMHISL lt n gt lt s gt property value is too large Using maximum value of lt x gt A property value in the symhisl conf file is greater than the maximum allowed value The driver will use the value lt x gt instead SYMHISL lt n gt lt s gt property value is too small Using default value of lt x gt A property value in the symhisl conf file is less than the minimum allowed value The driver will use the value lt x gt instead SYMHISL lt n gt Could not allocate memory to read configuration data Solaris Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The symhis1 driver was unable to allocate memory required to process the configuration data This means that the configuration was not properly determined To fix this you may need to manually configure the driver using the symhisl conf file SYMHISL lt n gt Failure reading NVM configuration data The symhis1 driver was unable to read the configuration data supplied by the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility This means that the configuration was not properly determined To fix this you may need to manually configure the driver using the symhisl conf file SYMHISL lt n gt Failure reading NVM manufacturing data The symhis1 driver was unable to read the configuration data supplied by the manufacturer This means that th
265. signed for the PCI slot s where your SCSI host adapter s are installed e Be sure that all devices appear properly in the display banner of the SDMS SCSI BIOS at boot time Problems with Ultra SCSI devices using Ultra SCSI protocol If the system is configured with an LSI Logic host adapter that supports Ultra SCSI an Ultra SCSI device is on the SCSI bus and Ultra SCSI support by the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HT MPD or SYM_U3 MPD driver is enabled intermittent problems and possible system crashes can occur It may be that the SCSI bus cable and terminators do not conform to the Ultra SCSI specification To resolve problems with Ultra SCSI devices follow these steps Step 1 Disable Ultra SCSI support using the procedure described in Section 3 5 1 Enabling Disabling Ultra SCSI Support page 3 15 if the system is bootable or Hold down the F8 function key when Starting Windows 95 98 Me appears if the system is not bootable to Windows 95 98 Me Step 2 Select Safe Mode Troubleshooting 3 13 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 3 Disable Ultra SCSI support using the procedure described Section 3 5 1 Enabling Disabling Ultra SCSI Support once the system is booted If the system operates properly without Ultra SCSI enabled it is highly likely that the SCSI bus cable and terminators are not configured correctly for Ultra SCSI Refer to the LSI Logic host adapter
266. ssful follow the solution to the next problem About the SYMDISK SYS Driver 6 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved The device driver does not recognize one of the nonboot SCSI peripherals system may lock up Make sure the drivers were installed in the correct sequence Make sure the drivers entries in the CONFIG SYS file have the correct path to the drivers Power down all units in the system Make sure the hard drives have different ID numbers boot drive should have lowest ID Make sure both ends of the SCSI bus are terminated Termination should only be at the ends of the bus Check all cable and power connections Boot the system 6 5 About the SYMCD SYS Driver 6 5 1 Features 6 5 2 Description 6 18 This section describes the characteristics of the SyMCD SyYS driver and provides installation instructions The SYMCD SyYS driver supports these features Compatible with the Microsoft CD ROM Extension 2 21 and above Multisession Photo CD support Up to eight host adapters The SYMcD SyYS device driver is needed whenever a CD ROM device is connected on the SCSI bus You must load it in conjunction with the Microsoft CD ROM Extension 2 21 or above MSCDEX EXE The SYMCD SYS driver communicates through ASPI8xx Sys To use the SYMCD SYS driver you must also load ASPI8XX SYS DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation
267. st user input then the F6 key that was pressed in Step 3 was not seen by the setup program Reboot the system and try again The system prompts for the manufacturer supplied hardware support disk Step 5 Insert the appropriate SDMS driver diskette containing the Windows NT driver and press Enter This driver supports your LSI Logic adapter s Note If more than one SDMS driver needs to be installed install additional drivers one after the other using Steps 4 through 6 Installation order is not important Step 6 Depending on the driver being installed either Symbios PCI 53C8XX Symbios PCI High Performance Driver Or Symbios Ultra3 PCI SCSI Driver is shown highlighted Press Enter to proceed Windows NT 4 0 should now recognize the miniport driver s and the SCSI hardware Step 7 Press Enter to continue Step 8 Continue with the Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 installation procedure at this point 4 3 1 2 Boot Diskette Installation This section provides installation steps when using a boot diskette The driver that is bundled with Windows NT 4 0 is symc810 sys This driver supports controllers that are listed in Section 4 1 3 Description Important Read these steps before performing the instructions contained within them Step 1 Have the SDMS driver diskette available for inserting into the A drive when prompted to do so Installing Drivers for Windows NT 4 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation A
268. stalling the SDMS BTLD Driver 8 11 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 8 12 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Select option 1 to install a tape drive and press Enter The Tape Drive Installation menu appears Select option 1 to install a SCSI tape drive and press Enter The system prompts for the identifier of the host adapter that supports this device Press Enter if the default is correct If the default is not correct type slha Press Enter The system prompts for the host adapter that supports the tape drive Type the correct host adapter number and press Enter If an additional LSI Logic host adapter is being added to the SCO OpenServer kernel the system may prompt if you want to update the link kit add another host adapter Type y and press Enter if you entered the host adapter number correctly or Type n and press Enter if you entered the host adapter number incorrectly The system then prompts for the host adapter identifier of the preceding step The system prompts for the SCSI bus number of the tape drive LSI Logic host adapters support one bus per adapter Press Enter to get the default of zero or type 0 zero and press Enter Note that dual channel devices appear as two host adapters The system prompts for the SCSI ID of the tape drive Type the SCSI ID number of the tape drive and press Enter The system pr
269. stomizable options for NetWare 12 11 to 12 15 D data width description 2 15 default sector size changing 6 15 description 4 27 Dev Func description 2 8 2 19 device driver SCO OpenServer 5 X 8 1 UnixWare 7 9 3 device drivers DOS 6 1 to 6 2 NetWare 12 3 Windows 2000 5 6 to 5 9 Windows 95 98 Me 3 5 to 3 11 Windows NT 4 0 4 7 to 4 13 IX 2 device found description 4 24 device identifier description 2 15 device manager disabling auto request sense 3 15 device properties description 2 10 device properties menu 2 12 to 2 16 device selections menu disconnect 4 27 queue tags 4 27 read write I O time out 4 27 scan for device at boot time 4 27 scan for SCSI logical units 4 27 sync rate 4 27 width option 4 27 7 13 dialog box host adapter properties 3 12 new hardware found 3 6 select device 3 8 to 3 11 select hardware type 3 11 system settings change 3 7 to 3 17 disconnect description 2 15 4 27 disk arrays 4 14 disk mirroring applying to x86 platforms 4 15 DOS drivers 6 1 to 6 22 LSI Logic devices supported 6 3 utilities 6 23 to 6 29 DOS configuration utility description 6 27 features 6 26 memory requirements 6 28 DOS drivers ASPI8XX SYS 6 2 SYMCD SYS 6 2 SYMDISK SYS 6 2 DOS system users building BTLD driver diskette 8 5 building C8XX driver diskette 9 4 DOS utilities DOS configuration 6 26 to 6 28 DOS verify 6 28 to 6 29 host adapter flash 6 29 to 6 33 SCSI low level format 6 23 to 6 26 DOS verify utility 6 28
270. t button The Select Special Options window may appear If so make the applicable settings then click on the Next button The system copies the files and then prompts to reboot your computer Reboot your computer and leave the Windows 2000 installation CD ROM in your CD ROM drive The system boots up your computer using the Windows 2000 CD ROM Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Press the F6 key when the screen displays Setup is inspecting your computer s hardware configuration Be sure to press the F6 key to load the nonbundled drivers For example the SyYM_U3 SYS driver Choose S to specify an additional device when the screen displays Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices The system prompts for the manufacturer supplied hardware support disk Insert the appropriate SDMS driver diskette containing the Windows 2000 driver required to support your LSI Logic adapter s and press Enter Return to the Windows 2000 Setup screen Step 13 Press Enter to proceed The message about setup loading files appears The system prompts with another license agreement Step 14 Click on the Agreement selection The system displays partition table information Step 15 Press Enter The system prompts to continue setup Step 16 Press C Step 17 Select a new location to install Wi
271. t terminate the bus Restore Defaults Executable Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Press Enter to obtain default settings Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 2 4 3 Device Properties Menu The Device Properties menu allows you to view and update individual device settings for an adapter Changing a setting for the host device for example SCSI ID 7 changes the setting for all devices The number of fields displayed requires the menu to scroll left right in order to display the information When accessing this menu online use the Home End keys to scroll to columns currently not displayed The scroll indicator on the bottom of the menu shows where the cursor is relative to the first and last columns The example for the Device Properties menu is split Figure 2 3 and Figure 2 4 due to the width of its multiple fields columns 2 12 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 2 3 Device Properties Menu Left Half LSI Logic SDMS TM PCI SCSI Configuration Utility Version PCI 4 Xx 00 Device Properties SCSI Device Identifier MB Sec MT Sec Data Scan Scan Dis ID Width ID LUNs gt 0 connect 0 Quantum Viking 4 5 160 80 16 Yes Yes On I Quantum Viking 4 5 160 80 16 Yes Yes On 2 Quantum Viking 4 5 160 80 16 Yes Y
272. tallation you are given the option of retaining current partitions on the root hard disk For instance a DOS partition or a user UNIX partition may already be established on the drive For more details on UNIX installation refer to the SCO OpenServer Handbook You must link the SDMS BTLD driver into the UNIX kernel during installation To install the BTLD driver follow these steps Step 1 Insert the SCO OpenServer 5 installation diskette and reboot the system For all SCO OpenServer 5 releases this diskette is labeled Boot Disk Step 2 Type at the prompt link Press Enter Step 3 At the next prompt type slha Do not remove the diskette and press Enter The system prompts to insert the proper diskettes Step 4 Insert either the proper installation diskette s or the SDMS BTLD driver diskette and press Enter If the system prompts you to enter a routine Please enter which routine 0 40 to replace to list a to add slhainit at the end default n to do nothing or q to quit Installing the SDMS BTLD Driver 8 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Enter the indicated routine number that precedes this message Then the system may prompt with another inquiry Please enter which routine 0 2 to replace to list a to add slhapoll at the end default n to do nothing or q to quit Step 5 Enter the indicated routine number
273. th gt To change the SCSI ID of the second host adapter path 1 to ID 6 providing that adapter is not controlled by the BIOS the line in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPI8XX SYS should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS HOST_ID 6 lt 1 gt TIMEOUT Uses a timeout mechanism to detect certain errors When the driver issues a or command to a SCSI device a timer is started If the timer expires before the IT command completes the driver assumes something has gone wrong and takes steps to recover If the device is BIOS controlled the default for this option is 10 seconds If the device is not BIOS controlled the default is 0 Also NVM settings can alter these defaults The maximum setting is 0 which is no timeout The range of allowable values is 0O 65535 seconds Syntax TIMEOUT n lt path id gt n lt path id gt If you have a particularly slow device with SCSI ID 3 on the first host adapter boot order designation 0 you can extend the timeout for this device to 60 seconds by adding in the CONFIG sys file that loads ASPI8xx sys_ this line DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS TIMEOUT 60 lt 0 3 gt 6 10 DOS Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 6 1 ASPI8XX Command Line Options Cont Option Name Description VERBOSE Causes more detailed information to appear on the monitor after the ASPI8x
274. the fields and their descriptions Figure 2 6 Global Properties Menu LSI Logic SDMS TM PCI SCSI Configuration Utility Version PCI 4 Xx 00 Global Properties Pause When Boot Alert No Displayed Boot Information Display Verbose lode Negotiate with devices Supported Language English Video Mode Color Support Interrupt Hook Interrupt the Default lt Restore Defaults gt F1 Help ArrowKeys Select Item Change Item Esc Abort Exit Home End Select Item Enter Execute lt Item gt 2 20 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Table 2 6 Pause When Boot Alert Displayed Field Type Value Configuration Yes No Global Properties Fields and Descriptions Description Specifies a pause during the boot for user acknowledgement The pause occurs after displaying an alert message To continue after displaying a message specify No To wait for any key after displaying a message specify Yes Boot Information Display Mode Configuration Terse Verbose Specifies how much BIOS information displays during boot To display minimum information specify Terse mode To display detailed information specify Verbose mode Negotiate with Devices Configuration All None Supported Sets the default value for synchronous and wide negotiations with specified devices Language Configuration This opt
275. the required drivers are installed and in the correct sequence e Make sure the drivers entries in the CONFIG sys file have the correct path to the driver e Make sure MSCDEX EXE in the AUTOEXEC BAT has the same drive name as the CD ROM driver in the CONFIG sys file e Make sure there is no ID or drive letter designation conflict e Power down all units in the system e Check the cable and power connections e Make sure the SCSI bus is properly terminated About the SYMCD SYS Driver 6 21 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e Make sure sufficient drive letters are specified through the MS DOS lastdrive command to include the CD ROM A CD ROM that uses multiple disks requires a letter for each disk 6 5 6 Assigning Drive Letters This section provides important additional information for DOS users Please note that the MS DOS operating system assigns drive letters to primary partitions first After the primary partitions have been assigned drive letters the logical partitions are assigned drive letters Do not assume that the drive letter designations will follow consecutively from device to device within a PC system An Example A system is configured with an IDE hard disk as the boot drive a SCSI hard disk and a CD ROM drive The IDE drive has three partitions one primary and two logical The SCSI hard disk has two partitions one primary and one logical
276. tion Utility is the Domain Validation Utility which monitors the SYM_U3 SYS miniport driver Refer to Section 4 7 Using the Domain Validation Utility for more information 4 6 1 Installing the NT Configuration Utility x86 Platforms You execute an InstallShield program to install the NT Configuration Utility Use the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM that contains the InstallShield program to perform the installation Run the SETUP EXE program directly from CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS NTCONFIG I386 A shortcut icon appears automatically on the desktop after installation 4 6 2 Starting the NT Configuration Utility To start the NT Configuration Utility double click on the shortcut icon After a brief pause your computer monitor displays the Main Menu of this utility To make changes with this menu driven utility one or more LSI Logic SCSI host adapters installed in the system must have NVRAM to store the changes Also due to Windows NT constraints each of the adapters must have at least one hard drive attached to it so that NT Configuration can properly identify the adapter Important The NT Configuration Utility is a powerful tool The system can be rendered inoperable if care is not taken when reconfiguring the parameters 4 6 2 1 Main Menu After starting the NT Configuration Utility the Main menu appears and displays a summary list of all LSI Logic PCI to SCSI host ada
277. to 6 29 drive letters assigning 6 22 driver options reconfiguring in NetWare 12 9 E emulation types CD ROM boot initialization 2 3 enabling SCAM support 3 16 enabling disabling Ultra SCSI support 3 15 error messages Solaris 10 12 to 10 18 examining host adapters SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 5 19 SCSI tools for Windows 95 98 3 20 SCSI tools for Windows NT 4 34 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved existing system installation instructions SCO OpenServer 5 X 8 8 to 8 16 Solaris 10 11 to 10 12 UnixWare 7 9 6 to 9 7 Windows 2000 5 7 to 5 9 Windows 95 98 Me 3 7 to 3 10 Windows NT 4 0 4 11 to 4 13 exit menu 2 22 exiting the NT configuration utility 4 31 F fault tolerant creating NT boot floppy 4 15 creating Windows 2000 boot floppy 5 12 FDISK command using 2 11 file description 4 23 flash utility 6 29 to 6 33 format description 2 16 G global properties menu 2 20 H hardware requirements OS 2 7 1 SCO OpenServer 5 X 8 1 help description 4 23 host adapter module HAM NetWare driver 12 1 host adapters flash utility 6 29 to 6 33 multiple host adapters considerations 3 19 host SCSI ID description 2 10 I O manager 4 1 installations adding SCSI CD ROM drive 8 14 adding SCSI disk drive 8 10 adding SCSI tape drive 8 11 BTLD driver amp SCO OpenServer 5 X 8 6 to 8 16 C8XX driver for UnixWare 7 9 5 to 9 7 device drivers amp NetWare 12 6 to 12 9 device drivers amp Windows 2000 5
278. to the OS 2 Installation Guide for installing the operating system Follow the steps in Section 7 3 2 Updating SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD for Existing System Installations page 7 7 to add the drivers or If your boot drive or SCSI CD ROM is attached to an LSI Logic host adapter follow these steps Step 1 Make copies of the diskettes used for installation that are included with the CD ROM version of OS 2 Step 2 Determine the appropriate driver s for installation by locating the host adapter s to which the CD ROM is attached in Section 7 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported Step 3 Copy the indicated driver s from the SDMS OS 2 driver diskette to the copy of Diskette 1 OS 2 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved In order to do so you must delete files on Diskette 1 to provide space Consult the README 1ST file on the Device Driver Pak It contains a list of files that may not be deleted Follow the instructions provided in the README 1ST file Once space is made available on Diskette 1 copy the appropriate SDMS device driver onto this diskette When ADD drivers are deleted from Diskette 1 make certain to delete or remark out the corresponding BASEDEV statement in the CONFIG SYS file Otherwise error messages will show up during installation Step 4 Edit the CONFIG Sys file on the copy of Diskette 1 by adding one of the follo
279. tory 1386 WINNT MINIPORT to the root directory of a clean diskette You will use this SDMS driver diskette during installation You may also obtain the Windows NT 4 0 drivers from the LSI Logic web site at http www 1lsilogic com After you are connected to this web site place your cursor on the Get Drivers option in the menu bar Click on the Drivers selection Choose the Windows NT operating system for SCSI and click on the Go button Follow the instructions on subsequent screens to download the drivers 4 3 Installing Drivers for Windows NT This section provides installation instructions for new and existing Windows NT 4 0 systems 4 3 1 New System Installation This procedure installs the SYMC8XX SYS SYM_HI SYS or SYM_U3 SYS drivers onto a Windows NT 4 0 system Use this procedure when installing Windows NT 4 0 onto an unused SCSI drive Windows NT 4 0 Using the SDMS Windows NT Drivers 4 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved automatically adds the driver to the registry and copies the driver to the appropriate directory Choose one of two methods to install these drivers onto a Windows NT 4 0 system 1 Boot directly from the Windows NT CD ROM or 2 Use Windows NT Boot Diskettes Different steps are required depending on the method used For Compaq DEC systems based on the Alpha processor CD ROM installation is the only method available The CD ROM Installation and Boot Floppy Disk
280. tracting zip file Expand the zip file to install the software into a directory on your hard disk drive or to a diskette and then run s ETUP EXE Note that the installer must have Windows NT 4 0 Administrator capabilities for running the SETUP program If you obtained the software from the SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM run the SE UP EX E program directly from CD ROM Drive Letter UTILITY WINDOWS SYMTOOLS I386 The setup program installs the SCSI Tools files into the proper directories as well as making the appropriate registry entries After installing the software you must reboot the computer Using SCSI Tools for Windows 2000 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 5 21 5 22 Windows 2000 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Chapter 6 DOS Device Driver Installation This chapter describes the device drivers for the DOS operating systems It provides installation instructions for these drivers along with utility information This chapter includes these topics e Section 6 1 Introduction page 6 1 e Section 6 2 Using the DOS Installation Utility page 6 3 e Section 6 3 About the ASPI8XX SYS Driver page 6 5 e Section 6 4 About the SYMDISK SYS Driver page 6 12 e Section 6 5 About the SYMCD SYS Driver page 6 18 e Section
281. uld not be attached to the I O subsystem and will not be accessible See the previous error message and solve that problem SYMHISL lt n gt Failed to allocate memory The symhis1 driver was unable to allocate the memory needed during initialization You may have run out of available memory SYMHISL lt n gt Unbind failed The driver had a problem when attempting to unload itself This is a fatal error SYMHISL lt n gt Unable to obtain soft state structure Troubleshooting 10 17 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 10 18 The symhis1 driver was unable to initialize a required data structure and therefore did not load Please call technical support SYMHISL lt n gt Failed to attach interrupt handler The symhis1 driver was unable to initialize the interrupt handler as required Please call technical support SYMHISL lt n gt The adapter is malfunctioning SYMHISL lt n gt The adapter is malfunctioning of an unknown type or a revision that is not supported The symhis1 driver is not able to communicate with the hardware You may need to update your driver or your hardware SYMHISL lt n gt Failed to create DMI minor node The symhisi driver was unable to create a device node for the driver s DMI interface If you are not using the DMI then you may safely ignore this message SYMHISL lt n gt Could not attach to the SCSI subsystem The driver was unable to commun
282. unction with NetWare ASPI interface using NetWare s NWASPI NLM SCSI CD ROM devices using NetWare s SCSICD CDM SCSI 2 Tape devices using NWTAPE CDM for versions 4 XX and 5 XX Symmetric Multiprocessing SMP under NetWare 4 XX requires the following files SCSTHD DDI 1 34 SCSIHD COM 1 34 and NWPA NLM 2 32f The newest versions of these files are available on the NetWare Support Service Pack 6A for NetWare 4 XX but not for NetWare 4 2 NetWare Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note The SCSIHD CDM and SCSIHD DDI files must be dated 5MAR1998 and version 1 34 or newer for all environments The newest versions of these files are available on the NetWare Support Service Pack 6A for NetWare 4 XX and NetWare Support Service Pack 3A for NetWare 5 XX NWPA NLM must be dated 9FEB1998 and version 2 32f or newer in SMP environments 12 1 2 LSI Logic Devices Supported All LSI Logic devices host adapters and device drivers have undergone a name change They have transitioned from a SYM prefix to an LSI prefix The LSI8XXNW HAM supports the following devices and their associated LSI Logic host adapters e LSI53C810 LSI53C810A LSI53C810AE LSI8100S LSI8100ASP LS120810 e LSI53C815 LSI815XS LSI8150SP e LSI53C825 LSI53C825A LSI8250S LS18251S LS18251D LSI8250ASP LSI8251ASP LSI8251AD e LSI53C860 LSIS53C860AE LSI8600SP LSI20860 e LSI53C875
283. uration Utility is a powerful tool While using it if you somehow disable all of your controllers press Ctr1l A or Ctr1 E on version 4 04 or later after memory initialization during reboot This will allow you to re enable and reconfigure your controllers Also if the system locks up due to NonVolatile Storage NVS press Ctr1 N to bypass the BIOS in order to reflash the card 2 4 1 Accessing the Configuration Utility Main Menu After invoking the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility the Main menu appears and displays a list of up to 256 PCI to SCSI host adapters in the system and information about each of them To select an adapter use only the arrow keys and enter key The system scans the adapter s SCSI bus after selecting an adapter Only adapters with LSI Logic Control enabled can be accessed Adapters without NonVolatile Memory NVM display default settings and cannot be changed Figure 2 1 illustrates this menu 2 6 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Figure 2 1 Main Menu LSI53C8XX Host Bus Adapters Adapter Dev Func lt 53C1010 66 60 gt lt 53C1010 66 61 gt lt 53C895 58 gt Starting the SCSI BIOS Configuration Utility Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved LSI LOCLE Control Enabl Enabl Enabl ed ed ed 2 7 Table 2 2 Fields Adapter Table 2 2 lists the fields on this menu and t
284. user s guide for information on Ultra SCSI cabling requirements Step 4 Verify that the devices appear with the proper value for speed in the SDMS SCSI BIOS banner at boot time Refer to Chapter 2 SCSI BIOS and Configuration Utility for additional details Problems with scanners If a scanner is not operating properly either the scanner is not found or a SCSI interface error occurs during scanning it is possible that the third party scanner drivers do not support the auto request sense feature of LSI Logic host adapters Disable the auto request sense feature as described in Section 3 5 2 Disabling Auto Request Sense Support and try the scanner operation again The system hangs at boot has a long boot time or SCSI device not available Some older SCSI devices do not tolerate Domain Validation operations At system boot time Domain Validation is performed to test the data integrity of the SCSI bus between the host adapter and each target device With some older SCSI devices these operations can cause the device to stop responding to SCSI commands Refer to the Command Line Options Section 3 5 4 Disabling Domain Validation Support page 3 17 Disable this support as described either for a specific problem SCSI target or all adapters controlled by the SYMC8XX MPD SYM_HI MPD or SYM_U3 MPD driver 3 5 Using the Command Line Options 3 14 This section describes various command line options that allow change
285. ution Use extreme caution when selecting a drive for formatting The format process completely removes all information on a drive Only 512 sector size is supported Additional DOS Utilities 6 25 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved 6 6 1 4 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are Format does not complete and system is frozen e Check to see if the drive still has power e The only way to terminate the program is to reboot If the format did not complete the drive remains unusable until a low level format is completed The utility screens are unreadable Check that your graphics card and your monitor match For example an SVGA card combined with a VGA monitor may not display the screens accurately Older MO drives may give an Unknown error status code if the media is not present This may cause the ASPIFMT to incorrectly identify the problem If an unknown status code is received for an MO drive check to see if the media are present 6 6 2 Using the DOS Configuration Utility 6 6 2 1 Features 6 26 The SDMS Software Device Drivers and Utilities CD ROM contains the DOS Configuration Utility CONFIG EXE in this directory CD ROM DRIVE LETTER UTILITY DOS The configuration utility supports these features e Configures all DOS drivers e Works for all LSI Logic LSI53C8XX PCI host adapters e Provides a SCSI bus view
286. wing lines at the end of the file BASEDEV SYM8XX ADD V or BASEDEV SYM_HI ADD V If installing both drivers make sure that the BASEDEV lines for the drivers appear in the CONFIG sys file in the order in which the drivers must load Refer to Section 7 3 2 1 Driver Order in the CONFIG SYS File page 7 8 to understand the importance of driver order Step 5 Follow the directions in the README 1ST file for adding the following line to the CONFIG sys file SET COPYFROMFLOPPY 1 This allows the SDMS driver to be copied from the installation diskette to the system s boot drive Step 6 Place the copy of Installation Diskette in the A drive and reboot the computer Step 7 Proceed with the OS 2 installation process as documented in the OS 2 Installation Guide 7 3 2 Updating SYM8XX ADD SYM_HI ADD for Existing System Installations This section provides instructions for existing system installations Apply these instructions when you have to e Add drivers for newly installed LSI Logic host adapters or Installing Drivers for OS 2 7 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved e Update drivers for existing LSI Logic host adapters To add or update SDMS OS 2 drivers follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Open the System Setup folder located within the OS 2 System folder at the OS 2 Deskt
287. x The latter two drivers are based off the same code base and are maintained LSI Logic recommends that you install the SyM53Cc8xx driver if your controllers are supported by it If you are not sure configure the kernel to load both the SYM53C8XX and NCR53C8xXxX drivers either built into the kernel or as modules The kernel will then select an appropriate driver for each of your LSI53C8XX or LSI53C1XXX controllers The SYM53C8xXxX driver will install first and then the NCR53C8xXxX driver will install and support all remaining LSI53C8XX or LSI53C1XXX devices PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS 4 0 User s Guide 11 1 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Details on the drivers can be found on your system in the file usr src linux driver scsi README ncr53c8xx Current Linux drivers can be downloaded by anonymous ftp from ftp ftp lsil com HostAdapterDrivers linux Instructions on how to do so are contained in the next two sections 11 1 1 Features The SYM53C8xXX driver supports SCRIPTS Load Store command Phase Mismatch from SCRIPTS for chips that support this feature Parallel Protocol Request PPR negotiation Ultra160 Data Transfers for LSI53C1000 and LSI53C1010 The SYM53C8XX and NCR53C8xXxX drivers support Integrity Checking Domain Validation for 2 2 x Kernels Handling one interrupt per I O Synchronous negotiation including Fast SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCS
288. x SyS or driver is initialized during a system boot For example the following information may IN be displayed all on one line after using the VERBOSE or V option 53C875 Rev 3 at PCI ID 15 Bus 0 Dev Func 70h CMD 0117h SCRIPTS FFFBE000h This option is useful when multiple adapters are present in the system and the PCI Device ID the PCI Bus number and the PCI Device Function number for each adapter needs to be known This information is required to use the EXCLUDE option already described in this section Syntax VERBOSE To see more detailed adapter information displayed when you boot the line in the CONFIG SYS file that loads ASPI8xx SyS should look like this DEVICE C PATH ASPI8XX SYS VERBOSE 6 3 5 Troubleshooting Some potential problems and their suggested solutions are System locks up at boot time e Check for conflicts with other ASPI managers e Check for correct loading sequence in the CONFIG sys file e Reboot the system The device driver does not recognize one of the nonboot SCSI peripherals system may lock up e Make sure the drivers were installed in the correct sequence e Make sure the drivers entries in the CONFIG SYS file have the correct path to the drivers e Power down all units in the system e Make sure all SCSI devices have unique ID numbers e Make sure both ends of the SCSI bus are terminated e C
289. y again The system prompts for the manufacturer supplied hardware support disk Step 4 Insert the appropriate SDMS driver diskette containing the Windows 2000 driver required to support your LSI Logic adapter s and press Enter Step 5 Press Enter to proceed when the selected driver is shown highlighted Return to the Windows 2000 Setup screen Note If both SDMS drivers need to be installed they can be installed one after the other using Step 3 through Step 5 Installation order is not important Step 6 Press Enter to proceed The message about setup loading files appears Step 7 Follow the Microsoft Windows 2000 installation procedure at this point 5 3 2 Existing System Installation This procedure installs or upgrades the SYMC8xx SYS SYM_HI SYS SYM_895A SYS and or SYM_U3 SyYS drivers onto an existing Windows 2000 system When you add an LSI Logic adapter to an existing system the new adapter is automatically detected at the next reboot For adapters controlled by the SYMC8xx SYS or SYM_HI SyYS drivers the bundled driver is loaded automatically with no user intervention For adapters controlled Installing Drivers for Windows 2000 5 7 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved by the SYM_895A SYS or SYM_U3 SYS drivers the Device Driver Wizard will appear at boot Click on the Next button and continue at Step 8 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 St
290. you want to use the older version already on the system If you choose Current go to Step 13 Enter or type the path to the OEM SCSI Adapter files A WINNT MINIPORT Select Continue Remove the diskette from your A drive The System Settings Change message displays You must restart your computer before the new settings take effect Do you want to restart your computer now Click on the Yes button to restart and reboot Windows NT 4 0 If you choose Cancel remember that you must restart before the new driver is loaded Windows NT 4 0 Device Driver Installation Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Note If more than one SDMS driver needs to be installed they can be installed one after the other without rebooting for each one Installation order is not important Step 15 Reboot your computer to load the new miniport driver s 4 4 Performance Tuning for Windows NT 4 0 Windows NT 4 0 has registry entries that can be used to increase the performance of SCSI I O for certain configurations The tunable parameters include large transfer block size support and a guaranteed number of concurrent I Os for a particular SCSI bus 4 4 1 Supporting Large Block Size The SYMC8xXx SYS SYM_HI SYS and SYM_U3 SYS drivers can support up to a 1 Mbyte transfer size in Windows NT 4 0 However in Windows NT 4 0 the default transfer size is 64 Kbytes To enable a larger transfer size an entry must be added t
291. your boot loader 1ilo v If you forget to do so and do not have an emergency boot diskette your system will be unbootable There is no recovery method if you boot from a SCSI disk See man mkbootdisk for instructions on how to make a boot diskette 11 3 Troubleshooting If you have problems with any of these patches or if you need patches for an official kernel not listed please send an email to support lsil com that details the kernel version If patches have failed also specify if it is an official kernel or vendor kernel and which patches failed Some potential problems and their suggestion solutions are Integrity checking Domain Validation is not enabled Follow these steps to enable integrity checking Step 1 To enable integrity checking set the experimental option in menuconfig or xconfig Step 2 Under SCSI support gt SCSI Low level drivers gt NCR53C8XX or SYM53C8xXx select Perform integrity check Step 3 Rebuild the kernel and run lilo v Troubleshooting 11 9 Copyright 1993 2001 by LSI Logic Corporation All rights reserved Integrity checking Domain Validation is enabled but a device behaves badly How can it be disabled Disable integrity checking by following these steps Step 1 To disable integrity checking type at the prompt insmod ner53c8xx ncr53c8xx buschk 4 or insmod sym53c8xx sym53c8xx buschk 4 Step 2 To disable integrity checking whe

PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS™ 4.0 USER`S GUIDE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS&trade; 4.0 USER`S GUIDE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PCI Storage Device Management System SDMS™ 4.0 USER`S GUIDE